Introduction Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8

Transcription

1 CURRENT Technology

2 Page Introduction Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8 Direct solenoid and solenoid pilot operated valves 9 Remote air valves 181 Mechanically and manually operated valves 267 ases according to ISO Interchangeable sub-bases and manifolds 291 Pressure regulators 301 Intrinsically safe valves 337 Options

3 Introduction Welcome to your brand new MC VLVES catalog. Inside you will find more than 25 different valve series to meet the majority of industrial requirements. They have been sorted and classified in such a way that you may easily find the required valve series. For more than 50 years, MC has based all new valve developments upon the specifications received from customers, both users and OEM s. lot of different modifications have been released for all fields of industry (automotive, aluminium, packaging, food, sorting,...). lthough they are not listed in this catalog, our technical sales staff will be pleased to provide all necessary information. ll our representatives have a traveling lab demonstration kit (TLD) to show you the specific design features of MC Valves in terms of : speed reliability consistency repeatability Feel free to ask for a personal demonstration, our team is at your disposal. MC Valves, Your Partner 3

4 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Introduction MC Valves 18 month guarantee plus lifetime coil guarantee The MC Valves organization has established a reputation over many years for fulfilling the needs and requirements of the users of its products. ll MC Valves are quality products specifically designed and built for long and rugged service. Therefore, all valves appearing in this catalog are guaranteed for a period of eighteen months from the original date of shipment from our factory. In addition to this eighteen month Guarantee, MC Valves, Inc. guarantees the electrical coils on every one of the valves listed in this catalog for life. LIMITTION OF GURNTEE: This Guarantee is limited to the replacement or rebuilding of any valve which should fail to operate properly. Valves, under the MC Guarantee, must be returned (with or without bases) transportation prepaid and received at our factory within the Garantee period. They will be returned to the customer at the expense of MC Valves, Inc., and will carry the same guarantee as provided under the Flat Rate Rebuild Program. DISCLIMER OF GURNTEE: No claims for labor, material, time, damage or transportation are allowable nor will any valve be replaced or rebuilt under this guarantee which has been damaged by the purchaser not in the normal course of its use and maintenance during the warranty period. The guarantee does not apply to loss or damage caused by fire, theft, riot, explosion, labor dispute, act of God, or other causes beyond the control of MC Valves, Inc. MC Valves, Inc. shall in no event be liable for remote, special or consequential damages under the MC Guarantee, nor under any implied warranties, including the implied warranty of merchantability. The above Guarantee is our manner of extending the engineering and service resources of the MC Valves, Inc. organization to assure our customer long, and continued satisfaction. The flat rate rebuild program Valves no longer covered by the MC Guarantee can be rebuilt under the Flat Rate Rebuild program. Our constant research and testing program is dedicated to extending the life of our valves and making them even more reliable under the most adverse operating conditions. Valves returned under this program are completely disassembled, inspected, rebuilt to current operating standards wherever possible, tested and returned within a few weeks for a nominal flat rate charge. ll rebuilt valves carry for 90 days from date of shipment from our factory the same guarantee as provided for new valves. Pneumatic functions ll valves inside the MC product range allow for multiple pneumatic functions. Direct solenoid and solenoid pilot operated valves could be used as 2 ways, 3 ways (NO, NC) or 4 ways. When plugging one orifice to achieve a 2 ways function (or 3 ways), it will not affect the valve operation. Direct solenoid valves 3 ways : universal The following functions are available - 3 ways NC - 3 ways NO - 2 ways NC - 2 ways NO - Selector - Divertor Direct solenoid valves 4 ways : The following functions are available - 4 ways - 3 ways NC - 3 ways NO - 2 ways NC - 2 ways NO - Divertor Pilot operated valves 3 ways : The following functions are available - 3 ways NC - 3 ways NO - 2 ways NC - 2 ways NO - Selector : the highest pressure is connected to the port; the lowest pressure is connected to the EXH port. (Use external pilot when the highest pressure is less than 2 bar) - Divertor (consult factory) Pilot operated valves 4 & 5 ways : The following functions are available - 4 or 5 ways - 3 ways NC - 3 ways NO - 2 ways NC - 2 ways NO - Selector (except 3 positions) - Divertor (consult factory). EVERY VLVE FULLY TESTED PRIOR TO SHIPMENT 4

5 Introduction MC DESIGN FETURES SPOOLS/ODIES MC flow seals are bonded to an aluminum spool, machine ground to a very close tolerance, and chemically surface hardened. The bore of the bodies is finished to a close tolerance, work hardened and polished. The result of these processes on the spool and bore keeps friction to a minimum and provides wiping action thus assuring long, stick-free consistent operation and making the spools relatively unaffected by air line contaminates. MC spools are of a balanced design; therefore they are not affected by back pressure or restrictions in the exhaust, permitting 3-ways to be plugged for 2-way operation and 4-ways to be plugged for 3-way or 2-way operation. Further, the use of two seals, as illustrated, one for the exhaust and one for inlet, provides for a short stroke and high flow in a small envelope size. ll valves utilize one piece aluminum bodies. On almost all Series valves, the bodies are die cast. The die casting technique used provides large, smooth and direct flow paths for low pressure drop. PRESSURE SIDE PILOT SYSTEM On most pilot operated valves a large checked accumulator, housed in the main valve body, supplies both pilots on double solenoid valves as well as the air/ spring return on single solenoid pilot or single remote air pilot valves. The checked accumulator assures positive, consistent shifting in both directions even with inlet pressure fluctuations and/or restrictions, and even at very low minimum pilot pressures. On internal pilot models the accumulator is supplied from the main valve inlet and protected from inlet pressure fluctuations by a check valve. The check valve is designed to bleed off the accumulator when the main supply pressure is removed. On external pilot models, the accumulator is supplied from an external pilot port. Pilot operation ensures maximum energization shifting force. n air spring ensures maximum deenergization shifting force. 3-POSITION CENTERG MC 3-position solenoid and remote air pilot valves are centered by a patented spring centering device or patented combination spring and pressure assisted spool design which reduces side load potential and resultant wear, and assures fast, positive return of the main spool when the pilots are de-energized due to a high shifting force. EXH 3 POS. CLOSED CENTER - CENTER POSITION SOLENOID PILOT VLVES MNUL OPERTOR Most MC valves in this catalog are pilot operated by a patented high flow, fast response Normally Closed Only version of the compact MC 100 Series solenoid valve (shown below). Similarly on solenoid pilot 3-way valves, another version of the 100 or 200 series is used as the pilot. These patented burnout proof solenoid pilots provide extremely fast response times to an extent not equaled in other valves ecause air pressure does the work in shifting the main spool, minimal energy is consumed by the solenoid with no limitation in size of the main valve. On 120/60 C service the inrush current is down to.12 mps. On DC service wattages are available down to 1.0 Watts across almost the entire product line. ( The 82 Series is piloted by a version of the 35 Series. On DC service, wattages are available down to 1.8 watts.). Intrinsically safe valves are available for most series listed in this catalog. This option is for DC service only at 0.6 Watts. SELED SOLENOID ENCLOSURES NEM 4 DESIGN EXCEPT GROMMET TYPE RMTURE SOLENOID PUSH P SPRG ISED MOVELE POLE PIECE LNCED POPPET VLVE SPRG OPTIONL PILOT EXHUST TPPED PORT OR TEGRL MUFFLER NORMLLY CLOSED SET NORMLLY OPEN SET 5

6 Introduction MC DESIGN FETURES VIRTULLY URN-OUT PROOF MCSOLENOID The patented spring biased floating pole piece MCSOLENOID used on all 3-ways and 4-ways in this catalog is independent and isolated from the valve body (100 Series shown above). When voltage is applied to the coil, the pole piece is held down by the bias spring so that the magnetic attraction between the pole piece and armature results in the armature moving down against the push pin, moving the poppet from the Normally Closed (N.C.) seat to the Normally Open (N.O.) seat. fter the poppet has shifted completely, the pole piece then moves upward, compressing the bias spring, until the pole piece magnetically seals with the armature. If the poppet sticks and fails to move initially, preventing the armature from moving down, the pole piece is magnetically drawn upward, compressing the bias spring, allowing the pole piece and armature to magnetically seal and subjecting the valve to maximum shifting forces. Thus the two most common causes of solenoid valve failure-failure to shift when energized, and coil burnout on C service-are practically eliminated. The bias spring also reduces de-energized response time since it is exerting a separation force (downward force on the pole piece) between the armature and pole piece. IR /SPRG RETURN 2 Single solenoid pilot or single remote air pilot models contain a unique combination spring and air assisted differential return. Supplied from the accumulator, inlet or external pilot; it maximizes and balances the shifting forces for consistent operation and positive spool return. 4 IR/SPRG RETURN NON-LUE SERVICE ll valves in this catalog can be operated with or without air line lubrication. This is made possible through the use of the unique solenoid pilot operator, the pilot system, the spool and bore design, close tolerances and MC s prelubrication procedures. In either case, air line filters are recommended and will extend cycle life of the valves. COILS MC makes its own coils permitting flexibility in voltage requirements. If the voltage required is not listed with the valve Series desired or in the options section, consult the factory, we may be able to produce it. Two types of special coils are described below. LOW WTTGE DC MC provides optional low wattage DC solenoids for all the valves of this catalog down to 1.0 watts, (except for the 1300 Series which is 6.0 watts, and the 35 & 45 Series which is 1.8 watts). These low wattage options can significantly reduce power consumption, power supply capacity, control amplifier capacity and cost of all the above. CLSS F High temperature C and DC coil option. vailable on all C and DC coils. On some high wattage coils listed in the catalog, Class F is required and is so noted. These higher wattage coils are specified as MOD CLSF (Class F Option). Higher wattage coils will provide extremely fast response times. DD--UNIT MNIFOLDS Pioneered by MC, dd--unit die cast manifold bodies and bases are available. The common inlet, exhaust, and on many models the electrical conduit channel, enables bodies and bases to be added as desired. valve gang can contain both 2- and 3- position valves, as well as solenoid, remote air pilot and manual or mechanical valves. Sections of a gang or individual valves in a gang may be isolated permitting different pressures to be fed to either end of the gang. 6

7 Introduction MC DESIGN FETURES ELECTRICL PLUG- CONNECTIONS 4-way plug-in models incorporate recessed, shrouded connectors in both body and base with an integral ground pin that makes connection first and breaks last. Plug-ins permit easy and fast replacement of the valve without disturbing either the elecrical wiring or air plumbing. Let us show you via high performance demonstration kits and animated software, HOW MC S PERFORMNCE DVNTGES HELP MKE YOUR EQUIPMENT MORE RELILE - FSTER - MORE REPETLE. TLD Traveling Lab Demonstration measures critical valve performance characteristics - Shifting forces, Response Time, Speed, Repeatability and Flow. PLD Proportional Lab Demonstration measures critical proportional regulation characteristics - Response Time, ccuracy, Hysterisis, Repeatability and Flow. nimation nimated Software shows inner workings of various ir Valves Designs - Powerful educational tool for learning about how air valves function. Other MC VLVE literature: DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT R CTLOG PROPORTIONL VLVE CTLOG SERIL TERFCE PRODUCTS MCONNECT SYSTEM NEW TECHNOLOGY CTLOG NUMER 999CC 999PPC 9999SI CONSULT FCTORY 999NTC 7

8 S e c t i o n 1 Direct solenoid and solenoid pilot operated valves

9 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting inline inline hazardous location sub-base non "plug-in" sub-base plug-in valve only 3/2-2/2 1/ Cv P. 15 3/2-2/2 # / Cv 3/2-2/2 # / Cv 3/2-2/2 1/8-1/ Cv P. 25 3/2-2/2 1/ Cv 3/2-2/2 1/8-1/4 0.5 Cv P. 33 P. 35 3/2-2/2 1/4 0.4 Cv 3/2-2/2 1/4-3/8 2.2 Cv P. 47 3/2-2/2 3/8-1/2-3/4 5.7 Cv P. 51 3/2-2/2 1/2-3/ Cv P. 55 3/2-2/ /4-1 1/ Cv P. 59 3/2-2/ / Cv P. 63 4/2 # / Cv P. 67 4/2 # / Cv P. 69 4/2 # / Cv 4/2 # / Cv 4/2 # /8 5/32 Pressed-in tube receptacles 0.11 Cv 4/2 1/8-1/4 0.7 Cv P. 89 4/2 1/8-1/4 0.8 Cv 4/2 1/8-1/4 1.2 Cv P. 95 4/2 1/8-1/4-3/8 1.4 Cv 4/2-4/3 1/8-1/4-3/ Cv P. 101 P /2-4/3 1/4-3/ Cv 4/2-4/3 1/4-3/8-1/2 3.0 Cv P. 111 P /2-4/3 3/8-1/2 3.0 Cv 4/2-4/3 3/8-1/2-3/4 5.1 Cv P. 121 P /2-4/3 3/ Cv P. 131 P /2-4/3 3/ /4 9.6 Cv 4/2-4/3 3/ /4-1 1/ Cv P /2-5/3 1/4 1.4 Cv P /2-5/3 1/4-3/8 1.4 Cv 5/2-5/3 1/4-3/8 1.6 Cv P /2-5/3 3/8-1/2 3.0 Cv P /2-5/3 1/2-3/4 6.3 Cv P /2-5/3 1/4-3/8 2.5 Cv P /2-5/3 1/2-3/ Cv P /2-5/ / Cv P. 179

10 s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Manifold mounting Series stacking sub-base non plug-in sub-base with pressure regulators sub-base hazardous location sub-base with pressure regulators and flow controls sub-base plug-in sub-base plug-in with pressure regulator sub-base plug-in with flow controls sub-base plug-in with regulator and flow controls stacking body with 1 common port (inlet) stacking body with 3 common ports (inlet & exhausts) stacking body with 3 common ports and integral F.C. stacking body with 3 common ports with common conduit stacking body with 3 common ports with C. C. & integral exh. F. C. valve only P. 17 P. 27 P. 19 P. 21 P. 29 P. 37 P. 43 P P. 71 P. 73 P. 75 P. 77 P. 79 P. 81 P. 83 P P P P. 105 P P. 115 P. 117 P. 125 P P. 135 P P. 147 P. 149 P. 151 P. 153 P. 155 P. 159 P. 163 P. 167 P. 171 P. 175 P ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

11

12 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 35 Individual mounting Series inline Manifold mounting 35 stacking sub-base non plug-in sub-base with pressure regulators Manual operator 2 rmature Epoxy encapsulated solenoid Push pin Spring biased moveable pole piece onded balanced poppet Spring return series features Patented Macsolenoid for fastest possible response times. onded balanced poppet for high flow, precise repeatability, and consistent operation. alanced poppet permits versatility in function may be used as 3-way or 2-way normally open or normally closed and may be used for vacuum, divertor, or selector applications. Extremely high cycle rate capability. Use on lube or non-lube service. Manual overrides as standard. Various solenoid enclosures and plug-in connectors. Optional surge suppression (M.O.V. or Diode) available. Low wattage DC solenoids down to 1.8 watts. Pattended Macsolenoid virtually burn-out proof on C service ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

13 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 35 VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE : The 35 Series is a miniature 3 way or 2 way valve. This valve provides extremely fast response, long life and high flow in a surprisingly small package. Individual, stacking body or manifold base. 3 way Normally Open or Normally Closed. 2 way Normally Open or Normally Closed. Optional Normally Closed Only Models. Selectors & Divertors. PIPG CHRT FOR DIVIDUL MODELS Way Normally Closed X 3 PLUGGED 2 Way Normally Closed Selector X P L U G G E D Way Normally Open 2 Way Normally Open Divertor Supply Operator De-Energized Operator Energized 14

14 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 35 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/ C v inline operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Universal valve 2 NC only valve /8 NPTF SOLENOID OPERTOR DXXX-XXX D XX X- X XX * DXXX-XXX 45 XX Voltage X Wire length X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 18 (Flying leads) 1 Non-locking K 240/60, 220/50 J Connector 2 Locking KD C 24/60, 24/50 J F 24 VDC (1.8 W) JD D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) Electrical connection Square connector Square connector with light Rectangular connector Rectangular connector with light Flying leads * Other options available, see page 361. o p t i o n s 35-CX-DXXX-XXX - with (2) # ports in backside of valve ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

15 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 35 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : 0.08 C v, 5.4 W : 0.15 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 6 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXX-XXX, including mounting screws Seal (between solenoid and valve body) : SPP threads. High flow up to 0.25 C v, according to wattage and high flow mod. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 32,5 11,2 27,3 50,0 11,7 7, ,0 16,5 Ø 3,4 DI. 32,5 21,5 14,0 3,25 24,1 60,5 16

16 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 35 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC # 10-32, 1/ C v stacking operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size NC only valve CYL NO only valve CYL /8 NPTF # UNF EXH 35-SC-DXXX-XXX 35-SC-DXXX-XXX EXH 35-SD-DXXX-XXX 35-SD-DXXX-XXX 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR D XX X- X XX * XX Voltage X Wire length X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 18 (Flying leads) 1 Non-locking K 240/60, 220/50 J Connector 2 Locking KD C 24/60, 24/50 F 24 VDC (1.8 W) D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) * Other options available, see page 361. Electrical connection Square connector Square connector with light Flying leads End plate kit required (Port size : 1/4 ) : M Note : upon request, manifolds are mounted at the factory o p t i o n s TXX-DXXX-XXX - ottom Inlet ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

17 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 35 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : 0.12 C v, 5.4 to12.7 W : 0.16 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 6 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXX-XXX, including mounting screws Seal (between solenoid and valve body) : Pressure seal (between valves) : Tie-rod (x2) : Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator : N Inlet & Exhaust isolator : N SPP threads. High flow up to 0.25 C v, according to wattage and high flow mod. dimensions 8,0 ±0,2 1/8 (option) Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 6,5 DI. 22,0 7,5 NI NI 9,75 32,5 1/4 + EX 54,5 CYL - N.C. CYL - N.C. 14,5 10,0 EX 16,5 24,0 19,0 ±0,1 9,75 1/8 CYL 9,5 25,0 13,0 44,0 18

18 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 35 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC # 10-32, 1/ C v sub-base non plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Side cylinder ports Port size Norm. closed Manifold base Norm. open Manifold base CYL CYL Valve less base (universal) # UNF base EXH DXXX-XXX 35-E-DXXX-XXX EXH DXXX-XXX 35-F-DXXX-XXX 45 1/8 NPTF base 35-E-DXXX-XXX 35-F-DXXX-XXX ottom cylinder ports Port size Valve less base (universal) # UNF base 1/8 NPTF base SOLENOID OPERTOR Norm. closed Manifold base CYL EXH DXXX-XXX 35-GE-DXXX-XXX 35-FE-DXXX-XXX XX Voltage X Wire length X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 18 (Flying leads) 1 Non-locking K 240/60, 220/50 J Connector 2 Locking KD C 24/60, 24/50 F 24 VDC (1.8 W) D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) * Other options available, see page 361. End plate kit required (Port size : 1/4 ) : M Note : upon request, manifolds are mounted at the factory. o p t i o n s 35-EXX-DXXX-XXX - N.C. only valve D XX X- X XX * 35-FXX-DXXX-XXX - universal w/gage port OXX Norm. open Manifold base CYL EXH DXXX-XXX 35-GF-DXXX-XXX 35-FF-DXXX-XXX - no valve body (base only) Electrical connection Square connector Square connector with light Flying leads ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

19 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 35 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : 0.09 C v, 5.4 to 12.7 W : 0.1 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 6 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXX-XXX, including mounting screws Seal (between solenoid and valve body) : Pressure seal (between valve and base) : Pressure seal (between bases) : Tie-rod (x2) : Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator : N Inlet & Exhaust isolator : N SPP threads. High flow up to 0.18 Cv, according to wattage and high flow mod. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) OPTIONL ISOLTOR 8,0 ± 0,4 6,5 OPTIONL PRESSURE SENSG PORT /4 LET & EXHUST OTH ENDS 2,5 10,0 5,0 EX 20,00 ± 0,1 23,5 12,0 16, ,8 22,5 9,5 26,0 OR CYL. PORT 58,0 1/8 CYL. PORTS 6,0 8,0 OPTION OTTOM CYL. PORT CYL. NC CYL. NC 57,0 10,0 CYL. NC CYL. NC 14,0 6,0 8,0 20

20 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 35 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC # 10-32, 1/ C v with pressure regulators sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Side cylinder ports Port size Norm. closed Manifold base Norm. open Manifold base CYL CYL Valve less base (universal) # UNF base EXH DXXX-XXX 35-J-DXXX-XXX EXH DXXX-XXX 35-K-DXXX-XXX 45 1/8 NPTF base 35-J-DXXX-XXX 35-K-DXXX-XXX ottom cylinder ports Port size Valve less base (universal) # UNF base 1/8 NPTF base SOLENOID OPERTOR Norm. closed Manifold base CYL EXH DXXX-XXX 35-GJ-DXXX-XXX 35-FJ-DXXX-XXX XX Voltage X Wire length X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 18 (Flying leads) 1 Non-locking K 240/60, 220/50 J Connector 2 Locking KD C 24/60, 24/50 F 24 VDC (1.8 W) D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) * Other options available, see page 361. End plate kit required (Port size : 1/4 ) : M Note : upon request, manifolds are mounted at the factory. o p t i o n s 35-EXX-DXXX-XXX - N.C. only valve D XX X- X XX * 35-FXX-DXXX-XXX - universal w/gage port OXX Norm. open Manifold base CYL EXH DXXX-XXX 35-GK-DXXX-XXX 35-FK-DXXX-XXX Electrical connection Square connector Square connector with light Flying leads - no valve body (base w/regulator) ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

21 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 35 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : 0.09 C v, 5.4 to 12.7 W : 0.1 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 6 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXX-XXX, including mounting screws Seal (between solenoid and valve body) : Pressure seal (between valve and base) : Pressure seal (between bases) : Tie-rod (x2) : Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator : N Inlet & Exhaust isolator : N Pressure regulator : 35-00M (DJ, KNO) L (SLOTTED STEM). SPP threads. High flow up to 0.18 Cv, according to wattage and high flow mod. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) OPTIONL ISOLTOR 8,0 ± 0,4 6,5 OPTIONL PRESSURE SENSG PORT 32,5 1/4 LET & EXHUST 2,5 10,0 5,0 EX 20,00 ± 0,1 23,5 12,0 15,5 16, ,8 22,5 9, , CYL. PORT 58,0 1/8 CYL. PORTS 6,0 8,0 OPTIONL OTTOM CYL. PORT CYL. NC CYL. NC 57,0 10,0 CYL. NC CYL. NC 15,5 LOCK 14,0 6,0 8,0 DJ. LOCKG KNO 22

22 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 100 Individual mounting Series inline Manifold mounting 35 stacking sub-base non plug-in 100 Manual operator 200 Sealed solenoid enclosure rmature Solenoid push pin 45 Spring biased moveable pole piece 2 CYL 1 N.C. 700 Poppet 3 N.O. 900 Valve spring 82 series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. Six valve functions with one individual valve. Individual, stacking body & add-a-unit manifold base capability. Use on lube or non-lube service. Extremely rapid response and cycle rate. Various types of manual operators and electrical enclosures. Extremely long service life. Optional low wattage DC solenoids down to 1 watt ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

23 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 100 PPLICTION CONVERSION PROCEDURE: DIVIDUL MODELS The balanced poppet design facilitates using the same valve for 6 functions with any port being connected to vacuum, pressure or plugged. Piping is shown in the chart below. STCKG ODY MODELS The interchangeable function plate between the valve bodies permits selection of either 3-way Normally Closed or 3-way Normally Open operation. MNIFOLD SE MODELS The interchangeable function plate between the valve bodies and base permits selection for 2- or 3-way, Normally Closed or Normally Open operation. On 3-way applications, one function plate is used for both N.C. and N.O. When "3-NC" is visible on the plate, the function will be N.C. When "3-NO" is visible, the function is N.O. On 2-way applications, two separate plates are used-one for N.C., marked "2-NC"; the other for N.O., marked "2-NO". The 2-way plates block the exhaust at the valve, permitting the mixing in a stack of 3-ways and 2-ways. Changes within a stack from one function to another can be made without disturbing the plumbing. N.C. ONLY MODELS single purpose Normally Closed Only model is available for those applications where a greater tolerance for heavy concentrations of water, compressor products and other air line contaminants is desired. PIPG CHRT FOR DIVIDUL MODELS Way Normally Closed X 3 PLUGGED 2 Way Normally Closed Selector X P L U G G E D Way Normally Open 2 Way Normally Open Divertor Supply Operator De-Energized Operator Energized 24

24 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 100 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/8-1/ C v inline operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Universal valve 2 NC only valve /8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF XXYZZ 113-XXYZZ XXYZZ 163-XXYZZ 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ Electrical connection /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking J Rectangular connector /60, 220/50 2 Locking JD Rectangular connector with light 22 24/60, 24/50 J Square connector VDC (2.5 W) JC Square connector with light VDC (17.1 W) Flying leads (18 ) VDC (8.5 W) C Conduit 1/2 NPS * Other options available, see page 357. Notes: CHNGG FROM NORMLLY CLOSED TO NORMLLY OPEN Individual inline valves can be changed from normally closed to normally open by connecting the inlet to port 3 instead of port 1. NORMLLY CLOSED ONLY MODELS single purpose Normally Closed only model is available for those applications where a greater tolerance for heavy concentrations of water, compressor products and other air line contaminants is desired. Model numbers are indicated above ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

25 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 100 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) 0.18 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17 W 24 VDC (8.5 W ) Energize : 7 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 89,0 24,6 72,4 Ø 5 mm 56,0 16,8 #2 #1 17,8 ~48 F G #3 C D 4, H 24,9 ø 18 21,2 Ø 4,4 mm 22,2 33,0 PORT SIZE C D E F G H 1/ /

26 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 100 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/8-1/ C v stacking operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Universal valve 2 NC only valve /8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF SOLENOID OPERTOR XXYZZ 183-XXYZZ XX Y ZZ * XXYZZ 185-XXYZZ 45 XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ Electrical connection /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking J Rectangular connector /60, 220/50 2 Locking JD Rectangular connector with light 22 24/60, 24/50 Flying leads (18 ) VDC (2.5 W) M Common conduit 1 NPS VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. End plate kit required (Port size 1/4 ) : M M option also requires end plate kit: M Notes: CHNGG FROM NORMLLY CLOSED TO NORMLLY OPEN In the case of stacking valves a reversible plate, complete with indicator, is placed between each valve body assembly. This determines whether the valve is N.C. or N.O. NORMLLY CLOSED ONLY MODELS single purpose Normally Closed only model is available for those applications where a greater tolerance for heavy concentrations of water, compressor products and other air line contaminants is desired. Model numbers are indicated above ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

27 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 100 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) 0.18 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V DC : 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 7 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Function plate : N Tie-rod (x2) : Inlet isolator plate : N Exhaust isolator plate : N SPP threads. ottom inlet (Mod. 0210). dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 1/4 LET & EXHUST PORTS ECH END CYL. PORT 1/8 OR 1/4 MT G SLOT Ø 6,6 mm 1/8 - OPTIONL OTTOM LET PORTS 28

28 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 100 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/ C v sub-base non plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Universal valve 2 NC only valve Valve less base 1/8 base NPTF XXYZZ 132-XXYZZ XXYZZ 172-XXYZZ 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking ZZ Electrical connection J Rectangular connector JD Rectangular connector with light Flying leads (18 ) M Common conduit 1 NPS R Conduit 3/8 NPS End plate kit required (Port size : 1/4 ) : M option also requires end plate kit : M o p t i o n s 12X-XXYZZ 14X-XXYZZ 2-way N.C. 2-way N.O. 102 (ase only) Notes: CHNGG FROM NORMLLY CLOSED TO NORMLLY OPEN For manifold base mounted valves a plate is provided between the valve and the base. Three plates are available; a reversible plate for 3 Way valves (N.C. & N.O.), one plate for 2 Way N.C. and one for 2 Way N.O. ppropriate plates, determined by the valve model number, are supplied automatically with the valve. NORMLLY CLOSED ONLY MODELS single purpose Normally Closed only model is available for those applications where a greater tolerance for heavy concentrations of water, compressor products and other air line contaminants is desired. Model numbers are indicated above ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

29 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 100 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) 0.14 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 7 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Note : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Function plate : Seal between manifold bases : Tie-rod (x2) : SPP threads. Isolation of inlet : Mod. 313P. Isolation of exhaust : Mod. 313E. dditional bottom inlet : Mod ottom cyl. port : Mod ll bottom & side ports : Mod Specify mod. number after valve model number (i.e Mod. 0210) dimensions 1/8 CYL. PORT Dimensions shown are metric (mm) OPTIONL 1/8 OTTOM PORTS 1/4 LET & EXHUST PORTS ECH END MT G SLOT Ø 6,6 mm 30

30 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 200 Individual mounting Series inline inline hazardous location Manifold mounting 35 sub-base non plug-in sub-base with pressure regulators sub-base hazardous location 100 Manual operator 200 Sealed solenoid enclosure rmature 45 Solenoid push pin Spring biased moveable pole piece alanced poppet 2 CYL 3 N.O. 1 N.C Valve spring 82 series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. Six valve functions with one Inline valve and four valve functions with one Manifold valve. triple rated coil for 120/60, 110/50 or 24 VDC (6 Watt). Inline & add-a-unit manifold capability. Use on lube or non-lube service. Extremely rapid response and cycle rate. Various types of manual operators and electrical enclosures. Extremely long service life. Optional low wattage DC solenoids down to 1 watt ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

31 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 200 PPLICTION CONVERSION PROCEDURE: DIVIDUL MODELS The balanced poppet design facilitates using the same valve for 6 functions with any port being connected to vacuum, pressure or plugged. Piping is shown in the chart below. MNIFOLD MODELS The interchangeable function plate between the valve body and base permits selection for 2- or 3-way, Normally Closed or Normally Open operation, instead of through piping as shown below in the Inlines. On 3-way applications, one function plate is used for both N.C. and N.O. When "3-C" is visible on the plate, the function will be N.C. When "3-O" is visible, the function is N.O. On 2-way applications, a separate plate is used and like the 3-way plate is marked "2-C" for N.C. and "2-O" on the other side for N.O. The 2-way plates block the exhaust at the valve, permitting the mixing in a stack of 3-ways and 2-ways. Changes within a stack from one function to another can be made without disturbing the plumbing. SPECIL PPLICTIONS: N.C. ONLY MODELS single purpose Normally Closed Only model is available for those applications where a greater tolerance for heavy concentrations of water, compressor products and other air line contaminants is desired. EXPLOSION PROOF MODELS These models are designed to meet C.S.. standards for Division 1, Class I, Groups, C, D and Class II, Groups E, F and G (NEM equivalent to Class I is NEM 7; Class II is NEM 9). Explosion proof models are available in either inline or manifold versions but only with the no operator ("O") manual operator. PIPG CHRT FOR DIVIDUL MODELS Way Normally Closed X 3 PLUGGED 2 Way Normally Closed Selector X P L U G G E D Way Normally Open 2 Way Normally Open Divertor Supply Operator De-Energized Operator Energized 32

32 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 200 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/8-1/4 0.5 C v inline operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Universal valve 2 NC only valve /8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF XXYZZ 225-XXYZZ XXYZZ 275-XXYZZ 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage /60, 110/50, 24 VDC (6.0 W) /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (24.0 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking ZZ Electrical connection J Square connector JC Square connector with light Flying leads (18 ) C Conduit 1/2 NPS Notes: CHNGG FROM NORMLLY CLOSED TO NORMLLY OPEN Individual inline valves can be changed from normally closed to normally open by connecting the inlet to port 3 instead of port 1. NORMLLY CLOSED ONLY MODELS single purpose Normally Closed only model is available for those applications where a greater tolerance for heavy concentrations of water, compressor products and other air line contaminants is desired. Model numbers are indicated above ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

33 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 200 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) 0.5 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 33 V Holding : 19.7 V = 1 to 24 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 15 ms De-energize : 5 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 3-13 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 6 W) : D4-XX, cover mounting screws and seal SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) DI.-THRU TYP.(2) TYP.(2) TYP. (2)

34 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 200 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/8-1/4 0.5 C v hazardous location inline operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Universal valve 2 NC only valve /8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF XX0E 225-XX0E XX0E 275-XX0E 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR XX XX Voltage /60, 110/50, 24 VDC (6.0 W) /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (6.0 W) VDC (6.0 W) VDC (9.5 W) VDC (8.5 W) Notes: The special version of the 200 Series designed for hazardous locations has been approved by CS for Class I, Groups, C & D; Class II, Groups E, F & G. Maximum rated fluid and ambient temperature is 40 C; maximum pressure is 150 p.s.i. pproval is limited to certain common C & DC voltages which are those designated in the table above. These valves are supplied without manual operators. This version of the 200 Series can be supplied on the standard individual inline or the manifold valve body assemblies. It can also be supplied as a pilot for the 57, 58 and 59 Series (with special adapter plate # M-00012). CHNGG FROM NORMLLY CLOSED TO NORMLLY OPEN Individual inline valves can be changed from normally closed to normally open by connecting the inlet to port 3 instead of port 1. NORMLLY CLOSED ONLY MODELS single purpose Normally Closed only model is available for those applications where a greater tolerance for heavy concentrations of water, compressor products and other air line contaminants is desired. Model numbers are indicated above ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

35 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 200 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) 0.5 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 33 V Holding : 19.7 V = 1 to 24 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 15 ms De-energize : 5 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 3-13 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 6 W) : D4-XX, cover mounting screws and seal SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) DI.-THRU TYP.(2) TYP.(2) TYP. (2)

36 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 200 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/8-1/4 0.5 C v sub-base non plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Universal valve CYL NC only valve CYL Valve less base 1/8 base NPTF 1/4 base NPTF EXH 250-XXYZZ 256-XXYZZ 257-XXYZZ EXH 280-XXYZZ 286-XXYZZ 287-XXYZZ 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ Electrical connection /60, 110/50, 24 VDC (6.0 W) 1 Non-locking JC Square connector with light /60, 220/50 2 Locking J Square connector 22 24/60, 24/50 Flying leads (18 ) VDC (2.5 W) C Conduit 1/2 NPS VDC (24.0 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. End plate kit required (Port size : 1/4 ) : o p t i o n s 26X-XXYZZ - universal 2-way 206 (ase only - 1/8 ) XX Y ZZ * CHNGG FROM NORMLLY CLOSED TO NORMLLY OPEN For manifold base mounted valves a plate is provided between the valve and the base. Three plates are available; a reversible plate for 3 Way valves (N.C. & N.O.), one plate for 2 Way N.C. and one for 2 Way N.O. ppropriate plates, determined by the valve model number, are supplied automatically with the valve. NORMLLY CLOSED ONLY MODELS single purpose Normally Closed only model is available for those applications where a greater tolerance for heavy concentrations of water, compressor products and other air line contaminants is desired. Model numbers are indicated above (ase only - 1/4 ) ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

37 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 200 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) 0.5 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 33 V Holding : 19.7 V = 1 to 24 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 15 ms De-energize : 5 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 3-13 ms Spare parts : Options : Note : Solenoid operator (power 6 W) : D4-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Function plate : Seal between bases : Tie-rod (x2) : SPP threads. Explosion-proof model. Isolation of inlet : Mod. 313P. Isolation of exhaust : Mod. 313E. dditional bottom inlet : Mod ottom cyl. port : Mod ll bottom & side ports : Mod Specify Mod. number after valve model number (i.e Mod. 0210) dimensions 1/8 OR 1/4 CYL PORT Dimensions shown are metric (mm) OPTIONL 1/8 OR 1/4 OTTOM PORTS 1/4 LET & EXH. PORTS ECH END MT G SLOT 8,1 DI. MX. 38

38 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 200 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/4 0.4 C v with pressure regulators sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service. 7. Individual pressure control to each cylinder port. how to order Port size Universal valve CYL NC only valve CYL Valve less base 1/4 base NPTF EXH 250-XXYZZ 252-XXYZZ EXH 280-XXYZZ 282-XXYZZ 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage /60, 110/50, 24 VDC (6.0 W) /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (24.0 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking ZZ Electrical connection J Square connector JC Square connector with light Flying leads (18 ) C Conduit 1/2 NPS Manifold fastening kit required : N MODEL Way N.C. or N.O Way N.C. or N.O Way N.C. only DIVIDUL PRESSURE CONTROL TO ECH CYLDER PORT In this version the common inlet pressure supplies each individual valve in the stack. This common pressure passes through a relieving type regulator mounted on the same base as the valve and is supplied through the function plate to the Normally Closed or Normally Open poppet position. Through use of the appropriate function plate on the 200 Series basic valve, the operation can be Normally Closed Or Normally Open, 3-way or 2-way except for 282 models which are Normally Closed only. The exhaust ("out") port is common. Operation of the valves then opens or closes the cylinder port (See schematic diagram next page) ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

39 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 200 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) 0.4 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 33 V Holding : 19.7 V = 1 to 24 W 24 VDC (8.5 W ) Energize : 15 ms De-energize : 5 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 3-13 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 6 W) : D4-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Function plate : Seal between bases (x2) : Tie-rod (x2) : Pressure regulator : PR02-0. SPP threads. Explosion-proof model. Isolation of inlet and/or exhaust. Mod. PR80 (0-80 pressure range), Mod PR30 (0-30 pressure range) dimensions /2" NPS CONDUIT Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 5.7 DI. MTG HOLE 1/8" NPTF GUGE PORT EXH /4" NPTF & EXH. PORTS OTH ENDS CYL CYL. 1/4" NPTF EXHUST ("OUT") CYL. CYL. CYL. ("OUT") SOL SOL SOL LET ("") SCHEMTIC 3-VLVE STCK ("") 40

40 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 200 Function Inlet & outlet port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/4 0.4 C v with pressure regulators sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service. 7. Selected pressure control to a single outlet. how to order Port size NC only valve CYL SOLENOID OPERTOR Valve XX Y ZZ * EXH 251-XXYZZ 45 XX Voltage /60, 110/50, 24 VDC (6.0 W) /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (24.0 W) VDC (8.5 W) Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking ZZ Electrical connection J Square connector JC Square connector with light Flying leads (18 ) C Conduit 1/2 NPS * Other options available, see page 357. Manifold fastening kit required : N MODEL Way Normally Closed SELECTED PRESSURE CONTROL TO SGLE OUTLET This version permits the alternate selection of any of the regulated pressures in the stack to one common outlet. With all valves de-energized the regulated pressure supplied to the Normally Open pressure port passes through the valves and out the corresponding port at the other end of the stack (Common Outlet Port). Pressure supplied to the common inlet port is regulated at each valve and blocked by the poppet of each valve. When a valve is shifted in the stack the Normally Open pressure is blocked and the regulated normally closed pressure of that valve is open to the common outlet. If two valves are energized at the same time the pressure at the common outlet would be that of the energized valve nearest the outlet. If the normally open pressure port is not used it is open to exhaust from the common outlet. The individual cylinder port in each base is non-operative. (See schematic diagram next page) ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

41 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 200 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) 0.4 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 33 V Holding : 19.7 V = 1 to 24 W 24 VDC (8.5 W ) Energize : 15 ms De-energize : 5 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 3-13 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 6 W) : D4-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Function plate : Seal between bases (x2) : Tie-rod (x2) : Pressure regulator : PR02-0. SPP threads. Explosion-proof model. Isolation of inlet and/or exhaust. Mod. PR80 (0-80 pressure range), Mod PR30 (0-30 pressure range) ddimensions i m e n s i o n s /2" NPS CONDUIT Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 5.7 DI. MTG HOLE 1/8" NPTF GUGE PORT EXH /4" NPTF & EXH. PORTS OTH ENDS EXHUST OR N.O. OPTIONL PRESSURE ("OUT") COMMON OUTLET ("OUT") SOL SOL SOL COMMON SUPPLY ("") SCHEMTIC 3-VLVE STCK ("") 42

42 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 200 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/8-1/4 0.5 C v hazardous location sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Universal valve CYL NC only valve CYL Valve less base 1/8 base NPTF 1/4 base NPTF EXH 250-XX0E 258-XX0E 259-XX0E EXH 280-XX0E 288-XX0E 289-XX0E 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR XX XX Voltage /60, 110/50, 24 VDC (6.0 W) /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (6.0 W) VDC (6.0 W) VDC (9.5 W) VDC (8.5 W) End plate kit required (Port size : 1/4 ) : o p t i o n s 26X-XX0E - universal 2-way 208 (ase only - 1/8 ) Notes: The special version of the 200 Series designed for hazardous locations has been approved by CS for Class I, Groups, C & D; Class II, Groups E, F & G. Maximum rated fluid and ambient temperature is 40 C; maximum pressure is 150 p.s.i. pproval is limited to certain common C & DC voltages which are those designated in the table above. These valves are supplied without manual operators. This version of the 200 Series can be supplied on the standard individual inline or the manifold valve body assemblies. It can also be supplied as a pilot for the 57, 58 and 59 Series (with special adapter plate # M-00012). CHNGG FROM NORMLLY CLOSED TO NORMLLY OPEN For manifold base mounted valves a plate is provided between the valve and the base. Three plates are available; a reversible plate for 3 Way valves (N.C. & N.O.), one plate for 2 Way N.C and one for 2 Way N.O. ppropriate plates, determined by the valve model number, are supplied automatically with the valve. NORMLLY CLOSED ONLY MODELS single purpose Normally Closed only model is available for those applications where a greater tolerance for heavy concentrations of water, compressor products and other air line contaminants is desired. Model numbers are indicated above (ase only - 1/4 ) ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

43 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 200 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) 0.5 C v 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 33 V Holding : 19.7 V = 1 to 24 W 24 VDC (8.5 W ) Energize : 15 ms De-energize : 5 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 3-13 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 6 W) : D4-XXC-0E. Function plate : Seal between bases : Tie-rod (x2) : SPP threads. Isolation of inlet : Mod. 313P. Isolation of exhaust : Mod. 313E. dditional bottom inlet : Mod dimensions R4.0 TYP. (2) Dimensions shown are metric (mm) TYP. (2) TYP. (2) 1/4" NPTF 44

44 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 55 Individual mounting Series inline 35 Sealed solenoid enclosure Manual operator Ext. pilot port Pilot housing 3 EXH. Ext. pilot U cup Pilot cartridge Pilot piston 3 EXH. Pilot filter Pilot exh. Internal pilot supply Check valve ccumulator Precision ground molded, balanced spool 2 CYL. 1 Normally closed main spool shown 2 CYL ir/spring return 82 series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. alanced spool unaffected by back pressure in the exhaust or by inlet restrictions. May be plugged for 2-way operation. large checked accumulator which supplies the pilot and air/spring return for consistent shifting. Use on lube or non-lube service. Extremely rapid response and cycle rate. Various types of manual operators and solenoid enclosures. Optional low wattage DC solenoids down to 1 watt ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

45 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 55 VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE 3-Way Normally Open or Normally Closed (solenoid or remote air). 2-Way (by plugging a port) Normally Open or Normally Closed (solenoid or remote air). internal pilot or External pilot for vacuum to 30 PSI main valve pressures on solenoid or 25 on remote air operated models. Manual and mechanical operators available. SERIES FETURES-REMOTE IR PILOT OPERTED VLVES These air versions feature: large checked accumulator for air/spring return. alanced spool unaffected by back pressure in the exhaust or by inlet restrictions. May be plugged for 2-way operation. Use on lube or non-lube service. SERIES FETURES-REMOTE IR PILOT, PILOT OPERTED VLVES These special air versions have the same features as the remote air pilot operated models, but additionally feature: bility to use a pilot signal pressure different from the main valve pressure. Pilot signal can be from 30 to 150 PSI, regardless of main valve pressure. manual operator and position indicator standard. SPECIL PPLICTIONS: VCUUM PPLICTIONS: Connect the vacuum source to port #3 with port #1 open to atmosphere, and use external pilot on solenoid pilot operated models. On remote air pilot models, use -RE. selector PPLICTIONS: Pipe higher pressure to port #1 and lower pressure to port #3. internl PILOT: Use for main valve pressure of 30 to 150 PSI on all models. Includes ball check in the body and an M5x0.8 plug installed in the external pilot port. externl PILOT: n external pilot supply is required when main valve pressures are lower than 30 psi on solenoid pilot or 25 psi on remote air pilot operated models. To convert from internal to external pilot on solenoid models simply rotate pilot housing 180 degrees and connect external pilot source. (Use either M5 or#10-32 fitting.) On remote air pilot models, specify -RE. 46

46 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 55 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/4-3/8 2.2 C v inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. how to order Port size 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. Pilot air NC valve CYL NO valve CYL /4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF Internal External EXH PI-XXYZZ PI-XXYZZ PE-XXYZZ EXH PI-XXYZZ PI-XXYZZ PE-XXYZZ 45 3/8 NPTF PE-XXYZZ PE-XXYZZ SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * 700 XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ Electrical connection /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking J Rectangular connector /60, 220/50 2 Locking JD Rectangular connector with light 22 24/60, 24/50 J Square connector VDC (2.5 W) JC Square connector with light VDC (17.1 W) Flying leads (18 ) VDC (8.5 W) C Conduit 1/2 NPS * Other options available, see page ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

47 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 55 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : 30 to 150 PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI 30 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) Norm. Closed :1/4 (1.4 C v ), 3/8 (1.6 C v ), Norm. Open : 1/4 (1.8 C v ), 3/8 (2.2 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 9 ms De-energize : 4.8 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-11 ms De-energize : 5-11 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PID-XXYZZ, including mounting screws and seal Check valve : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 56,0 EXHUST PORT. 3/8 2 MTG. HOLES Ø 6,6 mm 112,5 EXT PILOT LET & CYL PORTS ,0 43,7 26,0 44,5 56,0 23,5 29,5 46,0 48

48 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 56 Individual mounting Series inline Pilot valve Function plate From accumulator Check valve Ext. pilot port CCUMULTOR 3 Pilot exhaust or remote air pilot port One piece body EXH CYL. LET 700 ir/spring return 1 Precision ground molded, balanced spool Internal pilot supply To accumulator series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. Seven valve functions in one valve. alanced spool unaffected by back pressure in the exhaust or by inlet restrictions. May be plugged for 2-way operation. large checked accumulator which supplies the pilot and air/spring return for consistent shifting. Use on lube or non-lube service. Various types of manual operators and solenoid enclosures. Optional low wattage DC solenoids down to 1 watt ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

49 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 56 VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE 3-Way Normally Open or Normally Closed (solenoid or remote air). 2-Way (by plugging a port) Normally Open or Normally Closed (solenoid or remote air). internal pilot or External pilot for vacuum to 25 PSI main valve pressures on solenoid or remote air models. Manual and mechanical operators available. SERIES FETURES-REMOTE IR PILOT OPERTED VLVES These remote air versions feature: large checked accumulator for air/spring return. alanced spool unaffected by back pressure in the exhaust or by inlet restrictions. May be plugged for 2-way operation. Use on lube or non-lube service. optional remote air pilot, pilot operated models available when application requires a pilot signal below the main valve pressure. PPLICTION CONVERSION PROCEDURE The balanced spool design and the unique N.C. and N.O. pilot valve function plate on solenoid models facilitate using the same valve for 7 different functions. The 7 functions are as follows: 3-way Normally Closed-ll 3 main valve ports utilized and function plate placed with "3N.C." (3-way N.C.) visible. 3-way Normally Open-ll 3 main valve ports utilized and function plate placed with "3N. O." (3-way N.O.) visible. 2-way Normally Closed-Same as 3-way N.C. but also plug port #3. 2-way Normally Open-Same as 3-way N.O. but also plug port #3. Selector-Pipe higher pressure to port #1 and lower pressure port #3. internal Pilot-Utilized for main valve pressures of PSI. Includes a check rod in the body and a 1/8'' pipe plug installed in the External Pilot port. external Pilot-n External Pilot supply is required when main valve pressures are lower than 25 PSI. If converting from an Internal Pilot model, remove the 1/8" pipe plug and check rod from the External Pilot port and install a 1/16" pipe plug in the check rod hole and pipe an external supply greater than 25 PSI to the External Pilot port. For vacuum service, make the vacuum connection to the port #3 and leave port #1 open to atmosphere or pressure port #1 for vacuum/pressure selector applications. N.C.-N.O. OPERTIONS: SOLENOID MODELS: With the pilot valve available either N.C. or N.O., simply by inverting the function plate, maximum flexibility is available in solenoid pilot operated models by using the N.C. main spool and installing the function plate for either N.C. or N.O. operation. Where an N.C. pilot function is desired with a N.O. main valve operation, a N.O. main spool option is available. REMOTE IR MODELS: On remote air pilot operated models, N.C. and N.O. main spools are both available so that a N.C. pilot signal can always be used. 50

50 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 56 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 3/8-1/2-3/4 5.7 C v inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. Large spool area provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. how to order Port size Pilot air 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. NC only valve NC pilot - NC spool CYL NO only valve NO pilot - NC spool NC pilot - NO spool CYL CYL /8 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 3/4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 3/4 NPTF SOLENOID OPERTOR Internal External * Other options available, see page 357. EXH 56C-12-XXYZZ 56C-13-XXYZZ 56C-17-XXYZZ 56C-32-XXYZZ 56C-33-XXYZZ 56C-37-XXYZZ 51 EXH 56C-22-XXYZZ 56C-23-XXYZZ 56C-27-XXYZZ 56C-42-XXYZZ 56C-43-XXYZZ 56C-47-XXYZZ XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) 1 Non-locking 2 Locking XX Y ZZ * EXH 56C-62-XXYZZ 56C-63-XXYZZ 56C-67-XXYZZ 56C-72-XXYZZ 56C-73-XXYZZ 56C-77-XXYZZ Electrical connection J Rectangular connector JD Rectangular connector with light J Square connector JC Square connector with light Flying leads (18 ) C Conduit 1/2 NPS ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

51 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 56 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : 25 to 150 PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI 25 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) Norm. Closed :3/8 (4.4 C v ), 1/2 (5.0 C v ), 3/4 (5.4 C v ), Norm. Open : 3/8 (4.6 C v ), 1/2 (5.1 C v ), 3/4 (5.7 C v ) 140 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 11 ms De-energize : 10,8ms 120/60 Energize : 7-12 ms De-energize : 9-14 ms Spare parts : Options : dimensions Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : 130-XXYZZ, including function plate Pilot mounting screws kit : N Check valve : SPP threads. Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 56,0 18,0 MTG. HOLES Ø 8,6 1/8 EXT. PILOT PORT 129,8 3 EXT PILOT 64, ,6 77,5 26,3 3,4 EXHUST 3/4 28,6 57,2 38,0 76,0 35,5 39,0 73,5 PORT #1 (LET) & #2 (CYL.) 52

52 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 57 Individual mounting Series inline 35 To accumulator Sealed solenoid enclosure Ext. pilot port Pilot valve Function plate From accumulator Manual operator Check valve ccumulator CYL. EXH. Pilot exhaust One piece body CYL. EXH. 45 Precision ground molded, balanced spool O ring Internal pilot supply ir/spring return Valve spring 82 series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. Seven valve functions in one valve. alanced spool unaffected by back pressure in the exhaust. large checked accumulator which supplies the pilot and air/spring return for consistent shifting. triple rated coil for 120/60, 110/50 or 24 VDC (6 Watt). Use on lube or non-lube service. Various types of manual operators and solenoid enclosures. Optional low wattage DC coils down to 1 watt. optional explosion proof models designed to meet CS standards for Class I, Groups, C, D and Class II, Groups E, F and G. (NEM equivalent of Class I is NEM 7; Class II is NEM 9) ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

53 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 57 VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE 3-Way Normally Open or Normally Closed (solenoid or remote air). 2-Way (by plugging Exhaust port), Normally Open or Normally Closed (solenoid or remote air). internal pilot or External pilot for vacuum to 25 PSI main valve pressures on solenoid models. Manual and mechanical operators available. SERIES FETURES-REMOTE IR PILOT OPERTED VLVES The remote air versions feature: large checked accumulator for air/spring return. alanced spool unaffected by back pressure in the exhaust and may be plugged for 2-way operation. Use on lube or non-lube service. PPLICTION CONVERSION PROCEDURE The balanced spool design and the unique N.C. and N.O. pilot valve function plate on solenoid models facilitate using the same valve for 7 different functions. The 7 functions are as follows: 3-way Normally Closed-ll 3 main valve ports utilized and function plate placed with "3-C" (3-way N.C.) visible. 3-way Normally Open-ll 3 main valve ports utilized and function plate placed with "3-O" (3-way N.O.) visible. 2-way Normally Closed-Same as 3-way N.C. but also plug the Exhaust port. 2-way Normally Open-Same as 3-way N.O. but also plug the Exhaust port. Selector-Pipe higher pressure to the Inlet port and lower pressure to the Exhaust port. internal Pilot-Utilized for main valve pressures of PSI. Includes a check rod in the body and a 1/4'' pipe plug installed in the External Pilot port. external Pilot-n External Pilot supply is required when main valve pressures are lower than 25 PSI. If converting from an Internal Pilot model, remove the 1/4" pipe plug and check rod from the External Pilot port and install a 1/8" pipe plug in the check rod hole and pipe an external supply greater than 25 PSI to the External Pilot port. For vacuum service, make the vacuum connection to the Exhaust port and leave the Inlet port open to atmosphere. N.C.-N.O. OPERTIONS: SOLENOID MODELS: With the pilot valve available either N.C. or N.O., simply by inverting the function plate, maximum flexibility is available in solenoid pilot operated models by using the N.C. main spool and installing the function plate for either N.C. or N.O. operation. Where an N.C. pilot function is desired with a N.O. main valve operation, a N.O. main spool option is available. REMOTE IR MODELS: On remote air pilot operated models, N.C. and N.O. main spools are both available so that a N.C. pilot signal can always be used. 54

54 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 57 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/2-3/ C v inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. Large spool area provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. how to order Port size Pilot air 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. NC only valve NC pilot - NC spool CYL NO only valve NO pilot - NC spool NC pilot - NO spool CYL CYL /2 NPTF 3/4 NPTF 1 NPTF 1/2 NPTF 3/4 NPTF 1 NPTF SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Voltage Internal External /60, 110/50, 24 VDC (6.0 W) /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (24.0 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. EXH 57D-11-XXYZZ 57D-12-XXYZZ 57D-13-XXYZZ 57D-31-XXYZZ 57D-32-XXYZZ 57D-33-XXYZZ Manual operator 0 No operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking XX Y ZZ * 55 EXH 57D-21-XXYZZ 57D-22-XXYZZ 57D-23-XXYZZ 57D-41-XXYZZ 57D-42-XXYZZ 57D-43-XXYZZ Note : Hazardous location option supplied with no manual operator ( 0 ). DC voltage not available below 6 Watts. Y ZZ EXH 57D-61-XXYZZ 57D-62-XXYZZ 57D-63-XXYZZ 57D-71-XXYZZ 57D-72-XXYZZ 57D-73-XXYZZ Electrical connection J Square connector JC Square connector with light Flying leads (18 ) C Conduit 1/2 NPS E Hazardous location ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

55 MODEL WIXOM, MI. US LIEGE, ELGIUM UCKLND, N.Z. VCUUM TO 150 PSI MODIF. 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 57 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : 25 to 150 PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI 25 to 150 PSI (Not to exceed main valve pressure by more than 50 PSI) Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) Norm. Closed :1/2 (9.0 C v ), 3/4 (12.7 C v ), 1 (15.9 C v ), Norm. Open : 1/2 (10.0 C v ), 3/4 (13.7 C v ), 1 (17.4 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 33 V Holding : 19.7 V = 1 to 24 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 23 ms De-energize : 13ms 120/60 Energize : 9-16 ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 6 W) : D4-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : 250-XXYZZ, including mounting screws and function plate Check valve : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 8.35 DI.-THRU TYP.(2) CYL EXH 90.4 TYP.(2) TYP.(2) 56

56 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 58 Individual mounting Series inline Ext. pilot port Pilot valve Function plate From accumulator To accumulator Sealed solenoid enclosure Manual operator ccumulator EXH. Pilot exhaust EXH. Check valve 45 CYL. One piece body CYL. Precision ground molded, balanced spool O ring Internal pilot supply ir/spring return Valve spring 82 series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. Seven valve functions in one valve. alanced spool unaffected by back pressure in the exhaust. large checked accumulator which supplies the pilot and air/spring return for consistent shifting. triple rated coil for 120/60, 110/50 or 24 VDC (6 Watt). Use on lube or non-lube service. Various types of manual operators and solenoid enclosures. Optional low wattage DC coils down to 1 watt. optional explosion proof models designed to meet CS standards for Class I, Groups, C, D and Class II, Groups E, F and G. (NEM equivalent of Class I is NEM 7; Class II is NEM 9) ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

57 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 58 VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE 3-Way Normally Open or Normally Closed (solenoid or remote air). 2-Way (by plugging Exhaust port), Normally Open & Normally Closed (solenoid or remote air). internal pilot or External pilot for vacuum to 25 PSI main valve pressures on solenoid models. SERIES FETURES-REMOTE IR PILOT OPERTED VLVES The remote air versions feature: large checked accumulator for air/spring return. alanced spool unaffected by back pressure in the exhaust and may be plugged for 2-way operation. Use on lube or non-lube service. PPLICTION CONVERSION PROCEDURE The balanced spool design and the unique N.C. and N.O. pilot valve function plate on solenoid models facilitate using the same valve for 7 different functions. The 7 functions are as follows: 3-way Normally Closed-ll 3 main valve ports utilized and function plate placed with "3-C" (3-way N.C.) visible. 3-way Normally Open-ll 3 main valve ports utilized and function plate placed with "3-O" (3-way N.O.) visible. 2-way Normally Closed-Same as 3-way N.C. but also plug the Exhaust port. 2-way Normally Open-Same as 3-way N.O. but also plug the Exhaust port. Selector-Pipe higher pressure to the Inlet port and lower pressure to the Exhaust port. internal Pilot-Utilized for main valve pressures of PSI. Includes a check rod in the body and a 1/4'' pipe plug installed in the External Pilot port. external Pilot-n External Pilot supply is required when main valve pressures are lower than 25 PSI. If converting from an Internal Pilot model, remove the 1/4" pipe plug and check rod from the External Pilot port and install a 1/8" pipe plug in the check rod hole and pipe an external supply greater than 25 PSI to the External Pilot port. For vacuum service, make the vacuum connection to the Exhaust port and leave the Inlet port open to atmosphere. N.C.-N.O. OPERTIONS: SOLENOID MODELS: With the pilot valve available either N.C. or N.O., simply by inverting the function plate, maximum flexibility is available in solenoid pilot operated models by using the N.C. main spool and installing the function plate for either N.C. or N.O. operation. Where an N.C. pilot function is desired with a N.O. main valve operation, a N.O. main spool option is available. REMOTE IR MODELS: On remote air pilot operated models, N.C. and N.O. main spools are both available so that a N.C. pilot signal can always be used. 58

58 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 58 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1-1 1/4-1 1/ C v inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. Large spool area provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. how to order Port size Pilot air 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. NC only valve NC pilot - NC spool CYL NO only valve NO pilot - NC spool NC pilot - NO spool CYL CYL NPTF 1 1/4 NPTF 1 1/2 NPTF 1 NPTF 1 1/4 NPTF 1 1/2 NPTF SOLENOID OPERTOR Internal External * Other options available, see page 357. EXH 58D-11-XXYZZ 58D-12-XXYZZ 58D-13-XXYZZ 58D-31-XXYZZ 58D-32-XXYZZ 58D-33-XXYZZ 59 EXH 58D-21-XXYZZ 58D-22-XXYZZ 58D-23-XXYZZ 58D-41-XXYZZ 58D-42-XXYZZ 58D-43-XXYZZ XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ /60, 110/50, 24 VDC (6.0 W) /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (24.0 W) VDC (8.5 W) 0 No operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking XX Y ZZ * Note : Hazardous location option supplied with no manual operator ( 0 ). DC voltage not available below 6 Watts. EXH 58D-61-XXYZZ 58D-62-XXYZZ 58D-63-XXYZZ 58D-71-XXYZZ 58D-72-XXYZZ 58D-73-XXYZZ Electrical connection J Square connector JC Square connector with light Flying leads (18 ) C Conduit 1/2 NPS E Hazardous location ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

59 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 58 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : 25 to 150 PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI 25 to 150 PSI (Not to exceed main valve pressure by more than 50 PSI) Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) Norm. Closed :1 (18.7 C v ), 1 1/4 (23.0 C v ), 1 1/2 (24.9 C v ), Norm. Open : 1 (20.8C v ), 1 1/4 (23.8 C v ), 1 1/2 (26.0 C v ) 250 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 33 V Holding : 19.7 V = 1 to 24 W 24 VDC (8.5 W ) Energize : 25 ms De-energize : 18ms 120/60 Energize : ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 6 W) : D4-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : 250-XXYZZ, including mounting screws and function plate Check valve : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 13.5 DI.-THRU TYP. (2) T TYP. (2) TYP. (2) 60

60 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 59 Individual mounting Series inline Ext. pilot port ccumulator CYL. Function plate From accumulator EXH. Pilot valve Pilot exhaust One piece body CYL. To accumulator EXH. Sealed solenoid enclosure Manual operator Check valve Precision ground molded, balanced spool O ring Internal pilot supply ir/spring return Valve spring 82 series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. Seven valve functions in one valve. alanced spool unaffected by back pressure in the exhaust. large checked accumulator which supplies the pilot and air/spring return for consistent shifting. triple rated coil for 120/60, 110/50 or 24 VDC (6 Watt). Use on lube or non-lube service. Various types of manual operators and solenoid enclosures. Optional low wattage DC coils down to 1 watt. optional explosion proof models designed to meet CS standards for Class I, Groups, C, D and Class II, Groups E, F and G. (NEM equivalent of Class I is NEM 7; Class II is NEM 9) ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

61 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 59 VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE 3-Way Normally Open (solenoid) or Normally Closed (solenoid or remote air). 2-Way (by plugging Exhaust port), Normally Open (solenoid) & Normally Closed (solenoid or remote air). internal pilot or External pilot for vacuum to 25 PSI main valve pressures on solenoid models. SERIES FETURES-REMOTE IR PILOT OPERTED VLVES The remote air versions feature: large checked accumulator for air/spring return. alanced spool unaffected by back pressure in the exhaust and may be plugged for 2-way operation. Use on lube or non-lube service. PPLICTION CONVERSION PROCEDURE The balanced spool design and the unique N.C. and N.O. pilot valve function plate on solenoid models facilitate using the same valve for 7 different functions. The 7 functions are as follows: 3-way Normally Closed-ll 3 main valve ports utilized and function plate placed with "3-C" (3-way N.C.) visible. 3-way Normally Open-ll 3 main valve ports utilized and function plate placed with "3-O" (3-way N.O.) visible. 2-way Normally Closed-Same as 3-way N.C. but also plug the Exhaust port. 2-way Normally Open-Same as 3-way N.O. but also plug the Exhaust port. Selector-Pipe higher pressure to the Inlet port and lower pressure to the Exhaust port. internal Pilot-Utilized for main valve pressures of PSI. Includes a check rod in the body and a 1/8'' pipe plug installed in the External Pilot port. external Pilot-n External Pilot supply is required when main valve pressures are lower than 25 PSI. If converting from an Internal Pilot model, remove the 1/8" pipe plug from the External Pilot and remove adapter plate. Remove check rod from the body and install an 1/8" pipe plug in the check rod hole and pipe an external supply greater than 25 PSI to the External Pilot port. For vacuum service, make the vacuum connection to the Exhaust port and leave the Inlet port open to atmosphere. N.C.-N.O. OPERTIONS: SOLENOID MODELS: With the pilot valve available either N.C. or N.O., simply by inverting the function plate, and using the N.C. main spool, N.C or NO main valve functions are achieved. REMOTE IR MODELS: On remote air pilot operated models, N.O. pilot signal must be used for a N.C. main valve function. 62

62 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 59 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 2" - 2 1/ C v inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. Large spool area provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. how to order Port size Pilot air 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. NC only valve NC pilot - NC spool CYL NO only valve NO pilot - NC spool CYL NPTF 2 1/2 NPTF 2 NPTF Internal External EXH XXYZZ XXYZZ XXYZZ EXH XXYZZ XXYZZ XXYZZ /2 NPTF XXYZZ XXYZZ SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * 700 XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ /60, 110/50, 24 VDC (6.0 W) /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (24.0 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page No operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking Note : Hazardous location option supplied with no manual operator ( 0 ). DC voltage not available below 6 Watts. 63 Electrical connection J Square connector JC Square connector with light Flying leads (18 ) C Conduit 1/2 NPS E Hazardous location ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

63 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 59 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : 25 to 150 PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI 25 to 150 PSI (Not to exceed main valve pressure by more than 50 PSI) Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 2" (55.0 C v ), 2 1/2" C v (60.0 C v ) 300 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 33 V Holding : 19.7 V = 1 to 24 W 24 VDC (8.5 W ) Energize : 38 ms De-energize : 25ms 120/60 Energize : ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 6 W) : D4-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : 250-XXYZZ, including mounting screws and function plate Check valve : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) PILOTEXH EXTPILOT Ø CYL EXH

64 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 45 Individual mounting Series inline sub-base non plug-in Manifold mounting stacking sub-base non plug-in sub-base with pressure regulators sub-base with pressure regulators and flow controls Epoxy encapsulated solenoid Spring biased moveable pole piece Manual operator rmature Push pin EXH. onded balanced poppets Spring return 82 series features Single and double solenoid or remote air. The patented Macsolenoid for fastest possible response times. onded balanced poppets for high flow, precise repeatability, and consistent operation. alanced poppet design permits versatility in pipping. Valves can be piped as 4-way, 3-way or 2-way, normally closed or normally open or can be used for vacuum, diverter or selector applications. Use on lube or non-lube service. Extremely high cycle rates. Extremely long service life due to unique poppet cushions. Manual overrides as standard. Various solenoid enclosures and plug-in connectors Optional surge suppression available. Low wattage DC solenoids down to 1.8 watts. Patented Macsolenoid virtually burn-out proof on C service ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

65 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 45 VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE 2-position single and double solenoid or remote air. Single pressure (4 or 5 ports) Individual, stacking and manifold base mounted models. Integral individual exhaust flow controls with common exhaust port. Integral regulators and flow controls on manifolds. SPECIL PPLICTIONS : The balanced poppet design facilitates using the same valve for many functions and can be used for pressure, vacuum or plugged without the necessity of changing any parts. Pipping suggestions are shown in the chart below. -PLUGGED X -PLUGGED X EXH 4-WY EXH 3-WY NORMLLY CLOSED EXH 3-WY NORMLLY OPEN -PLUGGED X -PLUGGED X EXH-PLUGGED 2-WY NORMLLY CLOSED X X X EXH-PLUGGED 2-WY NORMLLY OPEN EXH-PLUGGED DIVERTER Operator De-Energized -PLUGGED X Operator Energized PRESS OR VC EXH PRESS OR VC SELECTOR "" CN E USED S SELECTOR PORT OUTLET IF DESIRED 66

66 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 45 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2 # / C v inline operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Single operator Double operator (Minimum DC wattage 5.4W) a a /8 NPTF # UNF EXH 45-1-DXXX-XXX 45-1-DXXX-XXX exh in 45-G1-DXXX-XXX 45-G1-DXXX-XXX 45 With integrated flow CONTROLs Port size Single operator Double operator (Minimum DC wattage 5.4W) a a 700 1/8 NPTF # UNF EXH 45-2-DXXX-XXX 45-2-DXXX-XXX exh in 45-G2-DXXX-XXX 45-G2-DXXX-XXX 900 SOLENOID OPERTOR D XX X- X XX * 82 XX Voltage X Wire length X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 18 (Flying leads) 1 Non-locking K 240/60, 220/50 J Connector 2 Locking KD C 24/60, 24/50 J F 24 VDC (1.8 W) JD D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) * Other options available, see page 361. bottom port options (o ring mount) 45-XXX-D XXX-XXX D-Sgl. oper. - ll ports F-Sgl. oper. - & ports H-Dbl. oper. - ll ports J-Dbl. oper. - & ports 67 Electrical connection Square connector Square connector with light Rectangular connector Rectangular connector with light Flying leads ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

67 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 45 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : (0.1 C v ), 5.4 W : (0.15 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 6 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXX-XXX, including mounting screws Seal (between solenoid and valve body) : Valve cover plate with flow controls : N SPP threads. High flow up to 0.23 C v, according to wattage and high flow Mod. NMUR interface - 45-F1DXXX-XXX and required NMUR adapter kit: N (for 3-way operation) - N (for 4-way operation). dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 62,0 F G 33,5 E H 27,5 24,5 22,5 EX D C 9,0 18,0 16,0 10,0 32,5 3,5 15,0 30,0 23,5 EX 6,5 Port size C D E F G H 9,5 Ø 3,4 1/8 NPTF # UNF ,5 13,8 68

68 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 45 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2 # / C v sub-base non plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Single operator Double operator (Minimum DC wattage 5,4W) a a Valve less base 1/8 NPTF base #10-32 UNF base EXH 45-L00-DXXX-XXX 45-L-DXXX-XXX 45-L-DXXX-XXX exh in 45-N00-DXXX-XXX 45-N-DXXX-XXX 45-N-DXXX-XXX 45 With integrated flow CONTROLs Valve less base 1/8 NPTF base #10-32 UNF base Port size SOLENOID OPERTOR * Other options available, see page 361. Single operator EXH 45-L00-DXXX-XXX 45-L-DXXX-XXX 45-L-DXXX-XXX XX Voltage X Wire length X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 18 (Flying leads) 1 Non-locking K 240/60, 220/50 J Connector 2 Locking KD C 24/60, 24/50 F 24 VDC (1.8 W) D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) o p t i o n s 45-L-D XXX-XXX Substitute J for 1/8 bottom cylinder ports 69 D XX X- X XX * Double operator (Minimum DC wattage 5,4W) a exh a in 45-N00-DXXX-XXX 45-N-DXXX-XXX 45-N-DXXX-XXX Electrical connection Square connector Square connector with light Flying leads ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

69 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 45 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : (0.11 C v ), 5.4 W : (0.13 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 6 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXX-XXX, including mounting screws Seal (between solenoid and valve body) : Seal between base and valve : Flow control : N SPP threads. High flow up to 0.20 C v, according to wattage and high flow mod. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 4.5 DI. (2) places C L 1/8 NPTF OPTIONL OTTOM CYLDER PORTS OPTIONL PRESSURE SENSG PORT 21,5 4,0 E E 5,0 7,0 ~ , ,0 24,0 9,0 6,5 25,0 50,0 E 50 E 79,1 D E E 13,0 32,0 C 64,0 C 15,1 32,0 16,0 Port size 1/8 NPTF # UNF C D

70 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 45 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2 # / C v stacking operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Single operator Double operator (Minimum DC wattage 5,4W) a a /8 NPTF # UNF EXH 45-S1-DXXX-XXX 45-S1-DXXX-XXX exh in 45-T1-DXXX-XXX 45-T1-DXXX-XXX 45 With integrated flow CONTROLs Port size Single operator Double operator a a 700 1/8 NPTF # UNF EXH 45-S2-DXXX-XXX 45-S2-DXXX-XXX exh in 45-T2-DXXX-XXX 45-T2-DXXX-XXX 900 SOLENOID OPERTOR D XX X- X XX * 82 XX Voltage X Wire length X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 240/60, 220/50 C 24/60, 24/50 F 24 VDC (1.8 W) D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) * Other options available, see page 361. End plate kit required (Port size 1/4 NPTF) : M J 18 (Flying leads) Connector 71 1 Non-locking 2 Locking K KD Electrical connection Square connector Square connector with light Flying leads ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

71 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 45 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : (0.14 C v ), 5.4 W : (0.2 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 6 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXX-XXX, including mounting screws Seal (between solenoid and valve body) : Seal between valves : Tie-rod (x2) : Valve cover plate with flow controls : N Inlet & exhaust isolator : N Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator : N SPP threads. High flow up to 0.3 C v, according to wattage and high flow mod. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 32,5 7,0 ± 0,2 4 Ø 5,3 EX 62,5 15,5 EX 9,5 9,95 39,0 18,5 17,0 49,0 54,0 16,0 8,0 7,5 9,5 4,0 1/8 NPTF CYLDER PORTS 19,2 (± 0,1) 16,0 12,0 ± 0,2 # UNF CYLDER PORTS 1/4 & EXH. NPTF EX EX 44,0 62,5 72

72 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 45 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2 # / C v sub-base non plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Single operator Double operator (Minimum DC wattage 5.4W) a a Valve less base 1/8 NPTF base # UNF base EXH 45-L00-DXXX-XXX 45-LC-DXXX-XXX 45-LC-DXXX-XXX exh in 45-N00-DXXX-XXX 45-NC-DXXX-XXX 45-NC-DXXX-XXX 45 With integrated flow CONTROLs Port size Single operator Double operator (Minimum DC wattage 5.4W) a a 700 Valve less base 1/8 NPTF base # UNF base SOLENOID OPERTOR * Other options available, see page 361. End plate kit required (Port size 1/4 NPTF) : M EXH 45-L00-DXXX-XXX 45-LD-DXXX-XXX 45-LD-DXXX-XXX XX Voltage X Wire length X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 240/60, 220/50 C 24/60, 24/50 F 24 VDC (1.8 W) D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) J 18 (Flying leads) Connector 73 D XX X- X XX * 1 Non-locking 2 Locking exh in 45-N00-DXXX-XXX 45-ND-DXXX-XXX 45-ND-DXXX-XXX K KD Electrical connection Square connector Square connector with light Flying leads ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

73 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 45 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : (0.09 C v ), 5.4 W : (0.11 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 6 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXX-XXX, including mounting screws Seal (between solenoid and valve body) : Seal between base and valve : Seal between bases : Tie-rod (x2) : Side cover plate with flow controls : N Inlet & exhaust isolator : N Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator : N SPP threads. High flow up to 0.18 C v, according to wattage and high flow Mod. ottom inlet : specify Mod dimensions # UNF PORTS CYLDER 1/8 NPTF CYLDER PORTS OPTIONL 1/8 NPTF OTTOM LET 10,0 20,5 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 17,5 62,5 51,0 8,5 4,0 8,0 8,0 4,0 20,10 ±0,1 9,0 Ø 5,3 MTG. SLOT 33 OPTIONL ISOLTOR 1/4 NPTF LET & EXHUST PORTS OTH ENDS 2,5 9,75 29,0 13,5 EX 5,2 18,9 71,1 13,7 17,3 19,0 74

74 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 45 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2 # / C v with pressure regulators sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Single operator Double operator (Minimum DC wattage 5,4W) a a Valve less base 1/8 NPTF base # UNF base EXH 45-L00-DXXX-XXX 45-LJ-DXXX-XXX 45-LJ-DXXX-XXX exh in 45-N00-DXXX-XXX 45-NJ-DXXX-XXX 45-NJ-DXXX-XXX 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR D XX X- X XX * XX Voltage X Wire length X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 18 (Flying leads) 1 Non-locking K 240/60, 220/50 J Connector 2 Locking KD C 24/60, 24/50 F 24 VDC (1.8 W) D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) Electrical connection Square connector Square connector with light Flying leads * Other options available, see page 361. End plate kit required (Port size 1/4 NPTF) : M Options (with gauge port) : Single operator : replace L by M. Double operator : replace N by P regulator options 45-XXJ-D XXX-XXX ( J is for dj. knob) Replace with E for slotted stem Replace with G for locking slotted stem ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

75 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 45 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : (0.09 C v ), 5.4 W : (0.11 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 6 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXX-XXX, including mounting screws Seal (between solenoid and valve body) : Seal between base and valve : Seal between bases : Tie-rod (x2) : Pressure regulator : 45-00R (dj. Knob), 45-00L (Slotted Stem), 45-00M (Locking Slotted Stem). Inlet & exhaust isolator : N Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator : N SPP threads. High flow up to 0.18 C v, according to wattage and high flow mod. ottom inlet : specify Mod dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) # UNF PORTS CYLDER 17,5 1/8 NPTF CYLDER PORTS OPTIONL 1/8 NPTF OTTOM 62,5 LET 10,0 20,5 51,0 8,5 4,0 8,0 8,0 4,0 20,10 ±0,1 9,0 ± 0,2 OPTIONL ISOLTOR Ø 5,3 MTG. SLOT 1/4 NPTF LET & EXHUST PORTS OTH ENDS 33,0 2,5 9,75 29,0 13,5 EX Ø 15,5 13,5 5,2 18,9 71,1 OPTIONL GGE PORT 76 13,7 17,3 19,0 102,1 REGULTOR W/ SLOTTED STEM 14,0 13,4 LOCKG KNO

76 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 45 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting 4/2 # / C v sub-base with pressure regulators and flow controls Series operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Single operator Double operator (Minimum DC wattage 5,4W) a a Valve less base 1/8 NPTF base # UNF base EXH 45-L00-DXXX-XXX 45-LK-DXXX-XXX 45-LK-DXXX-XXX exh in 45-N00-DXXX-XXX 45-NK-DXXX-XXX 45-NK-DXXX-XXX 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR D XX X- X XX * XX Voltage X Wire length X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 18 (Flying leads) 1 Non-locking K 240/60, 220/50 J Connector 2 Locking KD C 24/60, 24/50 F 24 VDC (1.8 W) D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) Electrical connection Square connector Square connectorwith light Flying leads * Other options available, see page 361. End plate kit required (Port size 1/4 NPTF) : M Options (with gauge port) : Single operator : replace L by M Double operator : replace N by P r e g u l a t o r and f. c. options XXK-D XXX-XXX ( K option is for dj. knob and F.C.) Replace with F for slotted stem and F.C. Replace with H for locking slotted stem and F.C ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

77 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 45 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : (0.09 C v ), 5.4 W : (0.11 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 6 ms De-energize : 2 ms 120/60 Energize : 3-8 ms De-energize : 2-7 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXX-XXX, including mounting screws Seal (between solenoid and valve body) : Seal between base and valve : Seal between bases : Tie-rod (x2) : Pressure regulator with flow controls : 45-00N (Slotted Stem), 45-00P (Locking Slotted Stem), 45-00S(dj. Knob). Inlet & exhaust isolator : N Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator : N SPP threads. High flow up to 0.18 C v, according to wattage and high flow Mod. ottom inlet : specify Mod dimensions # UNF CYLDER PORTS 1/8 NPTF CYLDER PORTS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) OPTIONL 1/8 NPTF OTTOM LET DJ. LOCKG KNO OPTIONL ISOLTOR Ø 5,3 MTG. SLOT 1/4 NPTF LET & EXHUST PORTS OTH ENDS OPTIONL GGE PORT 102,1 REGULTOR W/SLOTTED STEM 6,0 LOCKG STEM 13,4 LOCKG KNO 78

78 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 45 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2 # / C v 5/32 Pressed-intube receptacles Manifold base plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service how to order Port size Single operator Double operator a a Valve less base 1/8 NPTF base # UNF base EXH 45-L00-00-DXXJ-XXX 45-LS-C-DXXJ-XXX 45-LSD-C-DXXJ-XXX exh in 45-N00-00-DXXJ-XXX 45-NS-L-DXXJ-XXX 45-NSD-L-DXXJ-XXX 45 5/32 Pressed-in tube receptacles 45-LSF-C-DXXJ-XXX 45-NSF-L-DXXJ-XXX Note: Double operator valves are only available with bottom cylinder ports. SOLENOID OPERTOR * Other options available, see page 361. D XX J-X XX * XX Voltage X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 0 No operator FM 240/60, 220/50 1 Non-locking FN D 24 VDC (5.4W) 2 Locking FP F 12 VDC (1.8W) F 24 VDC (1.8W) FE 12 VDC (2.4W) FF 24 VDC (2.4W) o p t i o n s 45- L S- C -DXXJ-XXX C Side cylinder ports - Single operator only L ottom cylinder ports Single or double operator 0 ase only no valve L Single solenoid - ase mount body M Single solenoid - ase mount body with gage port N Double solenoid ase mount body P Double solenoid ase mount body with gage port Example: base only: 45-0S-C (1/8 NPTF wired for single operator) End plate kit required : M Electrical connection Plug-in Plug-in with diode Plug-in with M.O.V ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

79 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 45 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : 120 VC : DC Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : (0.09 C v ), 5.4 W : (0.11 C v ) General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W Spare parts : Options : Inlet isolator : Exhaust isolator : Tie rod (x2): Seal between bases: Seal between valve & base: SPP threads dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 4.7 DI-THRU TYP. (4) 120 C'SK 27.7 DI. 3/4"-14 N.P.S.M. TP THRU 1/8"-27 N.P.T.F TP TO GGE TYP. (2) 80

80 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 45 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting 4/2 # / C v 5/32 Pressed-intube receptacles Manifold base plug-in with pressure regulators Series operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service. how to order Port size Single operator Valve less base 1/8 NPTF base # UNF base 5/32 Pressed-in tube receptacles EXH 45-L00-00-DXXJ-XXX 45-LS-J-DXXJ-XXX 45-LSD-J-DXXJ-XXX 45-LSF-J-DXXJ-XXX 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR D XX J-X XX * 700 XX Voltage X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 0 No operator FM 240/60, 220/50 1 Non-locking FN D 24 VDC (5.4W) 2 Locking FP F 12 VDC (1.8W) F 24 VDC (1.8W) FE 12 VDC (2.4W) FF 24 VDC (2.4W) * Other options available, see page 361. Note : ottom cylinder ports only with the regulator option. o p t i o n s 45- L S- J -DXXJ-XXX J Regulator with adjusting knob E Regulator with slotted stem G Regulator with locking slotted stem 0 ase only no valve L Single solenoid - ase mount body M Single solenoid - ase mount body with gage port Example: base only with regulator: 45-0S-J End plate kit required : M Electrical connection Plug-in Plug-in with diode Plug-in with M.O.V ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

81 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 45 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : 120 VC : DC Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : (0.09 C v ), 5.4 W : (0.11 C v ) General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W Spare parts : Options : Inlet isolator : Exhaust isolator : Tie rod (x2): Seal between bases: Seal between valve & base: SPP threads dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 4.7 DI-THRU TYP. (4) 120 C'SK 27.7 DI. 3/4"-14 N.P.S.M. TP THRU 82

82 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 45 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting 4/2 # / C v 5/32 Pressed-intube receptacles Manifold base plug-in with flow controls Series operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service. how to order Port size Single operator Valve less base 1/8 NPTF base # UNF base 5/32 Pressed-in tube receptacles EXH 45-L00-00-DXXJ-XXX 45-LS-D-DXXJ-XXX 45-LSD-D-DXXJ-XXX 45-LSF-D-DXXJ-XXX 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR D XX J-X XX * 700 XX Voltage X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 0 No operator FM 240/60, 220/50 1 Non-locking FN D 24 VDC (5.4W) 2 Locking FP F 12 VDC (1.8W) F 24 VDC (1.8W) FE 12 VDC (2.4W) FF 24 VDC (2.4W) * Other options available, see page 361. o p t i o n s 45- L S- D -DXXJ-XXX D Side cylinder ports with flow controls M ottom cylinder ports with flow controls 0 ase only no valve L Single solenoid - ase mount body M Single solenoid - ase mount body with gage port Example: ase only with flow controls: 45-0S-D End plate kit required : M Electrical connection Plug-in Plug-in with diode Plug-in with M.O.V ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

83 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 45 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : 120 VC : DC Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : (0.09 C v ), 5.4 W : (0.11 C v ) General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W Spare parts : Options : Inlet isolator : Exhaust isolator : Tie rod (x2): Seal between bases: Seal between valve & base: SPP threads dimensions 90.0 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) DI-THRU TYP. (4) C'SK 27.7 DI. 3/4"-14 N.P.S.M. TP THRU 1/8"-27 N.P.T.F TP TO GGE TYP. (2) 84

84 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 45 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting 4/2 # / C v 5/32 Pressed-intube receptacles Manifold base plug-in with regulator & flow controls Series operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The patented solenoid develops high shifting forces. 4. Powerful return spring. 5. Manual operator standard on all valves. 6. urn-out proof solenoid on C service. how to order Port size Single operator Valve less base 1/8 NPTF base # UNF base 5/32 Pressed-in tube receptacles EXH 45-L00-00-DXXJ-XXX 45-LS-K-DXXJ-XXX 45-LSD-K-DXXJ-XXX 45-LSF-K-DXXJ-XXX 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR D XX J-X XX * 700 XX Voltage X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 0 No operator FM 240/60, 220/50 1 Non-locking FN D 24 VDC (5.4W) 2 Locking FP F 12 VDC (1.8W) F 24 VDC (1.8W) FE 12 VDC (2.4W) FF 24 VDC (2.4W) * Other options available, see page 361. Note : ottom cylinder ports only available with the regulator & flow controls option. o p t i o n s 45- L S- K -DXXJ-XXX K Regulator with adjusting knob & flow controls F Regulator with slotted stem & flow controls H Regulator with locking slotted stem & flow controls 0 ase only no valve L Single solenoid - ase mount body M Single solenoid - ase mount body with gage port Example: ase only with regulator and flow controls: 45-0S-K End plate kit required : M Electrical connection Plug-in Plug-in with diode Plug-in with M.O.V ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

85 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 45 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : 120 VC : DC Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F and 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1.8 W : (0.09 C v ), 5.4 W : (0.11 C v ) General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W Spare parts : Options : Inlet isolator : Exhaust isolator : Tie rod (x2): Seal between bases: Seal between valve & base: SPP threads dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) DI-THRU TYP. (4) TYP. (4) 120 C'SK 27.7 DI. 3/4"-14 N.P.S.M. TP THRU 86

86 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 700 Individual mounting Series inline Manifold mounting 35 stacking Optional integral exhaust flow controls Ext. pilot port EXH. Pilot housing Sealed solenoid enclosure onded flow seal spool Muffled pilot exh. Manual operator 900 ir/spring return Filtered pilot supply 82 series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. ir/spring return for consistent shifting on single solenoid internal pilot valves. Use on lube or non-lube service. Optional integral adjustable exhaust flow controls with a single common exhaust port. Optional low wattage DC solenoids down to 1 watt. Various types of manual operators and solenoid enclosures ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

87 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 700 VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE The 700Series is a compact 4-way valve with a Cv of up to.8. This series provides fast response, long life and high flow not commonly found in this size valve. 2-Pos., single or double operator (solenoid or remote air). Individual body or stacking body (2 common ports). Integral adjustable exhaust flow control models. Internal pilot or external pilot for vacuum to 20 psi main valve pressures. Manual and mechanical operators available. SERIES FETURES-REMOTE IR PILOT OPERTED VLVES The remote air versions feature: ir/spring return for consistent shifting on single remote air valves for main valve pressures of 20 psi or more. Optional integral adjustable exhaust flow controls. SERIES FETURES-REMOTE IR PILOT, PILOT OPERTED VLVES These special air versions have the same features as the remote air pilot operated models, but additionally feature: bility to use a pilot signal pressure different from the main valve pressure. Pilot signal can be from PSI, regardless of main valve pressure. manual operator/position indicator. SPECIL PPLICTIONS: On all models, energizing the operator nearest the "" port supplies pressure to cylinder port "" and energizing the operator nearest the "" port supplies pressure to cylinder port "". For the following special applications additional considerations are required. nternl PILOT-Utilized for main valve pressures equal to or greater than minimum pilot pressures. Pilot supply is fed to both the pilot valves and the air/spring return from the inlet. externl PILOT-Required for all solenoid pilot operated models when main valve pressures are below 20 PSI on single operator or 10 PSI on double operator models. Single operators require MOD 158-heavy duty spring. Pipe using either an M5x0.8 or a #10-32 UNF fitting to the external pilot port. To convert from internal to external pilot, simply rotate pilot housing 180 and install heavy duty spring. VCUUM PPLICTIONS-Use external pilot models only, without flow controls and connect vacuum source to the exhaust port and leave the inlet open to atmosphere. selector PPLICTIONS-Use models without flow controls, connect the higher pressure to the inlet port and lower pressure to the exhaust port. 88

88 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 700 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2 1/8-1/4 0.7 C v inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size Pilot air Single operator Double operator /8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF 1/8 NPTF Internal External EXH 711C-11-PI-XXYZZ 711C-12-PI-XXYZZ 711C-11-PE-XXYZZ EXH 721C-11-PI-XXYZZ 721C-12-PI-XXYZZ 721C-11-PE-XXYZZ 45 1/4 NPTF 711C-12-PE-XXYZZ 721C-12-PE-XXYZZ How to order valve with flow CONTROLs Port size Pilot air Single operator Double operator 700 1/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF 1/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF SOLENOID OPERTOR * Other options available, see page 357. Internal External XX Y ZZ * 89 EXH 712C-11-PI-XXYZZ 712C-12-PI-XXYZZ 712C-11-PE-XXYZZ 712C-12-PE-XXYZZ EXH 722C-11-PI-XXYZZ 722C-12-PI-XXYZZ 722C-11-PE-XXYZZ 722C-12-PE-XXYZZ XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ Electrical connection /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking J Rectangular connector /60, 220/50 2 Locking JD Rectangular connector with light 22 24/50, 24/60 J Square connector VDC (2.5 W) JC Square connector with light VDC (17.1 W) Flying leads (18 ) VDC (8.5 W) C Conduit 1/2 NPS o p t i o n s 7XXC-XX-PX-XXYZZ - For bottom ports (1/8 only) replace by ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

89 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 700 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator : 20 to 150 PSI double operator : 10 to 150 PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator : 20 to 150 PSI Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8" : (0.6 C v ), 1/4" : (0.7 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W ) Energize : 6.4 ms De-energize : 8.5ms 120/60 Energize : 4-10 ms De-energize : 7-13 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PID-XXYZZ, including mounting screws and seal Valve cover plate with integral flow controls : N SPP threads. dimensions 171,5 116,3 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 85,8 EX 41,5 59,0 16,7 12,7 EX 44,8 14,7 2 MTG. HOLES Ø 6,5 19,0 10,5 56,0 EX Port size 41,0 30,0 7,3 16,8 7,3 9,5 1/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF ,0 8,5 90

90 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 700 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2 1/8-1/4 0.8 C v stacking operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. hhow o w to order Port size Pilot air Single operator Double operator /8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF Internal EXH 713C-11-PI-XXYZZ 713C-12-PI-XXYZZ EXH 723C-11-PI-XXYZZ 723C-12-PI-XXYZZ 45 How to order valve with flow CONTROLs Port size Pilot air Single operator Double operator 700 1/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF Internal EXH 714C-11-PI-XXYZZ 714C-12-PI-XXYZZ EXH 724C-11-PI-XXYZZ 724C-12-PI-XXYZZ 900 SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * 82 XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /50, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page Non-locking 2 Locking End plate kit required (Port size 1/4") : M (internal pilot). M (external pilot). 91 Electrical connection J Rectangular connector JD Rectangular connector with light J Square connector JC Square connector with light Flying leads (18 ) C Conduit 1/2 NPS ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

91 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 700 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator : 20 to 150 PSI double operator : 10 to 150 PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator : 20 to 150 PSI Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8" : (0.7 C v ), 1/4" : (0.8 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W ) Energize : 6.4 ms De-energize : 8.5 ms 120/60 Energize : 4-10 ms De-energize : 7-13 ms Spare parts : Options : dimensions Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PID-XXYZZ, including mounting screws and seal Valve cover plate with integral flow controls : N Inlet & exhaust isolator : N Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator : N SPP threads. Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 171,5 116,3 85,8 43,0 3,3 R 56,0 27,0 22,0 ± 0,2 76,3 58,9 42,5 19,5 8,0 EX 44,8 30,0 ± 0,2 17,5 12,5 EX EX 15,0 1/4 LET 3/8 EXHUST Port size 1/8 NPTF /4 NPTF

92 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 900 Individual mounting Series inline Manifold mounting 35 stacking 100 alanced poppet Sealed solenoid enclosure Manual operator Piston assembly onded flow seal spool series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. ir/spring return on single solenoid valves. Use for lube or non-lube service. Optional low wattage DC solenoids down to 1 watt. Various types of manual operators and electrical enclosures. 93 ir/spring return ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

93 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 900 VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE The 900 Series is a small Inline 4-way valve with a Cv of up to 1.4. This series provides fast response, long life and high flow not commonly found in this size valve. 2-Pos., single or double operator (solenoid or remote air). Individual body or stacking body models. Manual and mechanical operators available SERIES FETURES-REMOTE IR PILOT OPERTED VLVES The remote air versions feature: ir/spring return on single remote air valves Use for lube or non-lube service. optional remote air pilot, pilot operated models available when application requires a pilot signal below the main valve pressure. SPECIL PPLICTIONS: On all models, energizing the "" operator (solenoid or remote air) supplies pressure to cylinder port "" and energizing the "" operator supplies pressure to cylinder port "". For the following special applications, additional piping considerations are required. VCUUM PPLICTIONS (remote ir Models Only)-Connect the vacuum source to the Exhaust port and leave the Inlet open to atmosphere. lso specify MOD 158 which provides a heavy duty spring in lieu of air/spring. selector PPLICTIONS-When using as a selector valve, connect the higher pressure to the Inlet port and the lower pressure to the Exhaust port. On solenaid models, the Inlet pressure must be a minimum of 25 PSI on singles or 10 PSI on doubles. 94

94 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 900 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2 1/8-1/4 1.2 C v inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. Large spool area provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size Single operator Double operator /8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF EX 911-PM-XXYZZ 912-PM-XXYZZ EX 921-PM-XXYZZ 922-PM-XXYZZ 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ Electrical connection /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking J Rectangular connector /60, 220/50 2 Locking JD Rectangular connector with light 22 24/50, 24/60 J Square connector VDC (2.5 W) JC Square connector with light VDC (17.1 W) Flying leads (18 ) VDC (8.5 W) C Conduit 1/2 NPS * Other options available, see page ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

95 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 900 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Single operator : 25 to 150 PSI Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8" : (0.8 C v ), 1/4" : (1.2 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W ) Energize : 8 ms De-energize : 10 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-10 ms De-energize : 8-15 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Mounting screw pilot to main valve : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 56,0 OPTIONL 1/8 PILOT EXH. 25,0 Ø 5,2 MTG. HOLES 8,5 72,7 CYL CYL 21,0 EXH 15,0 OPER. EXH OPER. 35,0 45,0 26,0 7,5 EXH 36,8 75,8 SGLE SOLENOID 116,6 DOULE SOLENOID 96

96 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 900 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2 1/8-1/4-3/8 1.4 C v stacking operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. Large spool area provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size Single operator Double operator /8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF EX 913-PM-XXYZZ 914-PM-XXYZZ 919-PM-XXYZZ EX 923-PM-XXYZZ 924-PM-XXYZZ N/ 45 SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ Electrical connection /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /50, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) 1 Non-locking 2 Locking J Rectangular connector JD Rectangular connector with light Flying leads (18 ) M Common conduit 1 NPS R Conduit 3/8 NPS * Other options available, see page 357. End plate kit required (Port size : 3/8") : M M option also requires end plate kit : M ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

97 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 900 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Single operator : 25 to 150 PSI Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8" : (1.2 C v ), 1/4" : (1.4 C v ), 3/8" : (1.4 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose class, continuous duty, encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W ) Energize : 8 ms De-energize : 10 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-10 ms De-energize : 8-15 ms Spare parts : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Mounting screw pilot to main valve : Pressure seal between valves : Tie-rod (x2) : Inlet & exhaust isolator : N Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator : N Options : SPP threads. 7,5 dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) SGLE SOLENOID 80,0 45,0 15,0 56,0 34,0 29,0 EXH 11,1 ± 0,2 17,0 OPER. OPER. CYL CYL CYL CYL OPER. OPER. 12,9 25,4 ± 0,1 15,5 40,0 34,0 EXH 25,0 87,7 EXH Ø 6,4 MTG. 30,0 28,0 HOLES DOULE SOLENOID 116,6 13,8 10,0 ± 0,4 3/8 LET & EXH. OTH ENDS 37,0 11,5 7,5 98

98 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 82 Individual mounting Series sub-base non plug-in sub-base plug-in Manifold mounting 35 sub-base non plug-in sub-base plug-in 100 onded spool Indicator light Manual operator Large piston assembly Encapsulated solenoid ir/spring return EXH EXH 45 External pilot supply port EXH alanced poppet series features Unique patented Macsolenoid for fastest possible response times. alanced poppet pilot valve for high flow, precise repeatability, and consistent operation. Large spool piston for maximum shifting force even at minimum operating pressure. ir/spring return for consistent shifting on single solenoid models. MC spool and bore combination for wiping away contamination, eliminating sticking, and use on non-lube service. Patented virtually burn-out proof C solenoid. Plug-in design of valves, bases, flow controls, and regulators for modular assembly and ease of maintenance. Optional low wattage DC solenoids down to 1.8 watts. Indicator lights in valve body or base and non-plug-in models available. Very high flow in a very compact package ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

99 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 82 SPOOL CONFIGURTIONS EXH EXH EXH EXH SGLE OPERTOR SGLE LET - DUL EXHUST SHOWN WITH OPERTOR ENERGIZED DOULE OPERTOR SGLE LET - DUL EXHUST SHOWN WITH OPERTOR ENERGIZED EXH EXH SGLE OPERTOR DUL LET - SGLE EXHUST SHOWN WITH OPERTOR ENERGIZED DOULE OPERTOR DUL LET - SGLE EXHUST SHOWN WITH OPERTOR ENERGIZED EXH EXH EXH EXH 3 POSITION CLOSED CENTER 3 POSITION OPEN CENTER EXH EXH EXH 3 POSITION SGLE PRESSURE PRESSURE CENTER 3 POSITION DUL PRESSURE PRESSURE CENTER 100

100 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 82 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 1/8-1/4-3/ C v sub-base non plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 1/8 NPTF External EXH TM-DXXX-XXX 82---TM-DXXX-XXX 82--D-TM-DXXX-XXX EXH TM-DXXX-XXX 82---TM-DXXX-XXX 82--D-TM-DXXX-XXX EXH 82-E-000-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-E--TM-DXXX-XXX 82-E-D-TM-DXXX-XXX EXH 82-F-000-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-F--TM-DXXX-XXX 82-F-D-TM-DXXX-XXX EXH 82-G-000-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-G--TM-DXXX-XXX 82-G-D-TM-DXXX-XXX 45 sub-base Internal 82---TM-DXXX-XXX 82---TM-DXXX-XXX 82-E--TM-DXXX-XXX 82-F--TM-DXXX-XXX 82-G--TM-DXXX-XXX 1/4 NPTF External 82--D-TM-DXXX-XXX 82--D-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-E-D-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-F-D-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-G-D-TM-DXXX-XXX sub-base 3/8 NPTF Internal External 82--C-TM-DXXX-XXX 82--CD-TM-DXXX-XXX 82--C-TM-DXXX-XXX 82--CD-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-E-C-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-E-CD-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-F-C-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-F-CD-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-G-C-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-G-CD-TM-DXXX-XXX 700 SOLENOID OPERTOR D XX X- X XX * 900 XX Voltage X Wire length X Manual operator XX 120/60, 110/50 240/60, 220/50 C 24/60, 24/50 F 24 VDC (1.8 W) D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) * Other options available, see page 361. o p t i o n s TM-DXXX-XXX TM-DXXX-XXX 82-XX--TM-DXXX-XXX J - For dual pressure valves, replace by C, by D, E by M, F by L, G by H. (Requires sandwich regulator, see pressure regulator section.) - TP (Piped pilot exhaust) 18 (Flying leads) Connector - For pilot exhaust out main exhaust, replace by E. lso, TM pilot body is replaced by TU pilot body. - Main exhaust cannot be restricted. vailable only on single pressure valves. - Replace by for bottom ports (1/8 or 1/4 only) - Replace by C for side and bottom ports (1/8 or 1/4 only) Non-locking 2 Locking K KD J JD Electrical connection Square connector Square connector with light Rectangular connector Rectangular connector with light Flying leads Note : KD connector shown in photo ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

101 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 82 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8 : (0.9 C v ), 1/4" : (1.3 C v ), 3/8" : (1.35 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty. -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 9 ms De-energize : 6 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-12 ms De-energize :6-13 ms Spare parts : Options : dimensions Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXX-XXX, including mounting screws Seal between solenoid and pilot body : Pilot valve : TM-DXXX-XXX, including seal Mounting screw pilot to main valve : Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x2) : SPP threads. Flow controls (Part N. FC82-) Explosion-proof model. Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 149,0 DOULE OPERTOR 120,5 SGLE OPERTOR 32,0 149,0 DOULE OPERTOR 120,5 SGLE OPERTOR 4,5 27,5 32,0 EXH 24,0 OPTIONL SNDWICH FLOW CONTROLS EXH 27,5 32,0 2 Ø 5,3 15,5 15,5 14,5 12,5 EXH 20,5 41,0 1/8-27 NPTF External pilot port 83,2 104,2 21,0 26,0 PILOT 22,0 21,0 80,0 26,0 47,3 CONDUIT CYL CYL 9,0 1/2-14 NPSM Conduit port 14,5 11,3 50,0 25,0 38,5 PILOT Port size 1/8 & 1/4 NPTF 19.5 mm 3/8 NPTF 17.0 mm 102

102 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 82 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 1/8-1/4-3/ C v sub-base plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 1/8 NPTF External EXH TM-DXXP-XD 82---TM-DXXP-XD 82--D-TM-DXXP-XD EXH TM-DXXP-XD 82---TM-DXXP-XD 82--D-TM-DXXP-XD EXH 82-E-000-TM-DXXP-XD 82-E--TM-DXXP-XD 82-E-D-TM-DXXP-XD EXH 82-F-000-TM-DXXP-XD 82-F--TM-DXXP-XD 82-F-D-TM-DXXP-XD EXH 82-G-000-TM-DXXP-XD 82-G--TM-DXXP-XD 82-G-D-TM-DXXP-XD 45 sub-base Internal 82---TM-DXXP-XD 82---TM-DXXP-XD 82-E--TM-DXXP-XD 82-F--TM-DXXP-XD 82-G--TM-DXXP-XD 1/4 NPTF External 82--D-TM-DXXP-XD 82--D-TM-DXXP-XD 82-E-D-TM-DXXP-XD 82-F-D-TM--DXXP-XD 82-G-D-TM-DXXP-XD sub-base 3/8 NPTF Internal External 82--C-TM-DXXP-XD 82--CD-TM-DXXP-XD 82--C-TM-DXXP-XD 82--CD-TM-DXXP-XD 82-E-C-TM-DXXP-XD 82-E-CD-TM-DXXP-XD 82-F-C-TM-DXXP-XD 82-F-CD-TM-DXXP-XD 82-G-C-TM-DXXP-XD 82-G-CD-TM-DXXP-XD 700 SOLENOID OPERTOR D XX P- X D * 900 XX * Other options available, see page 361. o p t i o n s Voltage 120/60, 110/50 240/60, 220/50 C 24/60, 24/50 F 24 VDC (1.8 W) D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) TM-DXXP-XD - For light in body replace by C. - For pilot exhaust out main exhaust replace by D. For light replace by F. Use TU pilot body for pilot exhaust to main exhaust, main exhaust cannot be restricted (NO flow controls) available with single pressure valve only. TU replaces TM. - For piped pilot exhaust replace TM by TP. - For dual pressure valves, replace by C, by D, E by M, F by L, G by H. (Requires sandwich regulator - see pressure regulator section) 82---TM-DXXP-XD - Replace by for bottom ports (1/8 or 1/4 only) - Replace by C for side and bottom ports (1/8 or 1/4 only) X 103 Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

103 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 82 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8" : (0.9 C v ), 1/4 (1.3 C v ), 3/8" : (1.35 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty. -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 9 ms De-energize : 6 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-12 ms De-energize :6-13 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W ) : DXXP-XD, including mounting screws Seal between solenoid and pilot body : Pilot valve : TM-DXXP-XD, including seal Mounting screw pilot to main valve : Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x2) : SPP threads. Flow controls (Part N. FC82-) Explosion-proof model. Lights in base. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 149,0 DOULE OPERTOR 120,5 SGLE OPERTOR 3,9 (OPTION : light) 3,9 (OPTION : Light) 83,2 104,2 4,5 27,5 32,0 EXH 24,0 1/8-27 NPTF EXTERNL PILOT PORT 11,3 50,0 PILOT 25,0 22,0 OPTIONL SNDWICH FLOW CONTROLS 38,5 PILOT 27,5 32,0 2 Ø 5,3 21,0 26,0 47,3 1/2 NPSM 15,5 15,5 14,5 12,5 EXH 20,5 41,0 CONDUIT CYL CYL 14,5 21,0 26,0 Port size 1/8, 1/4 (OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS) 80,0 9,0 1/8-1/4 3/

104 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 82 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2-4/3 1/4-3/ C v sub-base non plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 1/4 NPTF External EXH TM-DXXX-XXX 82--K-TM-DXXX-XXX 82--KD-TM-DXXX-XXX EXH TM-DXXX-XXX 82--K-TM-DXXX-XXX 82--KD-TM-DXXX-XXX EXH 82-E-000-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-E-K-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-E-KD-TM-DXXX-XXX EXH 82-F-000-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-F-K-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-F-KD-TM-DXXX-XXX EXH 82-G-000-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-G-K-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-G-KD-TM-DXXX-XXX 45 sub-base Internal 82--CK-TM-DXXX-XXX 82--CK-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-E-CK-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-F-CK-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-G-CK-TM-DXXX-XXX 3/8 NPTF External 82--CKD-TM-DXXX-XXX 82--CKD-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-E-CKD-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-F-CKD-TM-DXXX-XXX 82-G-CKD-TM-DXXX-XXX SOLENOID OPERTOR D XX X - X XX * 700 XX Voltage X Wire length X Manual operator XX Electrical connection 120/60, 110/50 18 (Flying leads) 1 Non-locking K Square connector 240/60, 220/50 J Connector 2 Locking KD Square connectorwith light C 24/60, 24/50 J Rectangular connector F 24 VDC (1.8 W) JD Rectangular connector with D 24 VDC (5.4 W) light DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) Flying leads * Other options available, see page 361. Note : KD connector shown in photo. o p t i o n s TM-DXXX-XXX - For pilot exhaust out main exhaust replace by E. lso, TM pilot body is replaced by TU pilot body. Main exhaust cannot be restricted (No flow controls) available with single pressure valve only. - For piped pilot exhaust replace TM by TP. - For dual pressure valves, replace by C, by D, E by M, F by L, G by H. (Requires sandwich regulator - see pressure regulator section) 82-XX-K-TM-DXXX-XXX - Replace K by L for bottom cyl. ports - Replace K by M for bottom inlet port - Replace K by N for bottom inlet and cyl. ports - Replace K by P for bottom and end cyl. ports - Replace K by R for bottom and end cyl. ports w/bottom inlet - Replace K by S for selector base with side ports ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

105 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 82 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4 (1.3 C v ), 3/8" : (1.35 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty. -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 9 ms De-energize : 6 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-12 ms De-energize :6-13 ms Spare parts : Options : dimensions Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXX-XXX, including mounting screws Seal between solenoid and pilot body : Pilot valve : TM-DXXX-XXX, including seal Mounting screw pilot to main valve : Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x2) : Tie-rod (x2) : Fastening kit : N SPP threads. Flow controls (Part N. FC82-) Explosion-proof model. Dimensions shown are metric (mm) ,7 DOULE OPERTOR 164,2 SGLE OPERTOR 174,7 DOULE OPERTOR 164,2 SGLE OPERTOR 1 1/4 NPSM 9,0 EXH COND 126,2 46,0 28,0 27,0 OPTIONL SNDWICH FLOW CONTROLS EXH COND 17,5 32,0 59,0 1/8-27 NPTF (OPTIONL COMMON EXT. PILOT PORT) 26,5 47,0 164,2 3/8-4 PLCES 6,5 96,0 4,5 23,0 12,0 CYL CYL 37,0 22,5 46,0 ± 0,2 1/8 126,2 18,5 32,0 59,0 2 Ø 5,3 18,5 EXT PILOT CYL 105,2 36,0 60,5 23,0 16,0 CYL 14,0 EXH COND 16 18,5 46,0 106

106 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 82 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2-4/3 1/4-3/ C v sub-base plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 1/4 NPTF External EXH TM-DXXP-XD 82--K-TM-DXXP-XD 82--KD-TM-DXXP-XD EXH TM-DXXP-XD 82--K-TM-DXXP-XD 82--KD-TM-DXXP-XD EXH 82-E-000-TM-DXXP-XD 82-E-K-TM-DXXP-XD 82-E-KD-TM-DXXP-XD EXH 82-F-000-TM-DXXP-XD 82-F-K-TM-DXXP-XD 82-F-KD-TM-DXXP-XD EXH 82-G-000-TM-DXXP-XD 82-G-K-TM-DXXP-XD 82-G-KD-TM-DXXP-XD 45 sub-base Internal 82--CK-TM-DXXP-XD 82--CK-TM-DXXP-XD 82-E-CK-TM-DXXP-XD 82-F-CK-TM-DXXP-XD 82-G-CK-TM-DXXP-XD 3/8 NPTF External 82--CKD-TM-DXXP-XD 82--CKD-TM-DXXP-XD 82-E-CKD-TM-DXXP-XD 82-F-CKD-TM-DXXP-XD 82-G-CKD-TM-DXXP-XD SOLENOID OPERTOR D XX P- X D * 700 XX Voltage 120/60, 110/50 240/60, 220/50 C 24/60, 24/50 F 24 VDC (1.8 W) D 24 VDC (5.4 W) DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) * Other options available, see page 361. o p t i o n s TM-DXXP-XD 82-XX-K-TM-DXXP-XD - Replace K by L for bottom cyl. ports - Replace K by M for bottom inlet port - Replace K by N for bottom inlet and cyl. ports - Replace K by P for bottom and end cyl. ports - Replace K by R for bottom and end cyl. ports w/bottom inlet - Replace K by S for selector base with side ports X 107 Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking - For light in body replace by C. - For pilot exhaust out main exhaust replace by D. For light replace by F. Use TU pilot body for pilot exhaust to main exhaust, main exhaust cannot be restricted (No flow controls) available with single pressure valve only. TU replaces TM. - For piped pilot exhaust replace TM by TP. - For dual pressure valves, replace by C, by D, E by M, F by L, G by H. (Requires sandwich regulator - see pressure regulator section) ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

107 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 82 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4 (1.3 C v ), 3/8" : (1.35 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty. -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 10.9 V Holding : 7.7 V = 1.8 to 12.7 W 24 VDC (5.4 W) Energize : 9 ms De-energize : 6 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-12 ms De-energize :6-13 ms Spare parts : Options : dimensions Solenoid operator (power 5.4 W) : DXXP-XD, including mounting screws Seal between solenoid and pilot body : Pilot valve : TM-DXXP-XD, including seal Mounting screw pilot to main valve : Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x2) : Tie-rod (x2) : Fastening kit : N SPP threads. Flow controls (Part N. FC82-) Explosion-proof model. Lights in base. Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 174,7 DOULE OPERTOR 164,2 SGLE OPERTOR 174,7 DOULE OPERTOR 164,2 SGLE OPERTOR 1 1/4 NPSM 46,0 28,0 9,0 EXH COND 27,0 OPTIONL SNDWICH FLOW CONTROLS EXH COND 126,2 17,5 1/8 (OPTIONL COMMON EXT. PILOT PORT.) 32,0 59,0 26,5 47,0 164,2 3/8-4 PLCES 6,5 96,0 4,5 23,0 12,0 CYL CYL 18,5 59,0 2 Ø 5,3 37,0 22,5 46,0 ± 0,2 EXT PILOT 1/8 105,2 126,2 32,0 18,5 CYL 36,0 60,5 23,0 16,0 CYL EXH COND 16 14,0 18,5 46,0 108

108 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6300 Individual mounting Series sub-base non plug-in sub-base plug-in Manifold mounting 35 sub-base non plug-in sub-base plug-in 100 Pilot air accumulator Integral ground wire Manual operator 200 ir/spring return Sealed solenoid enclosure CYL. EXH. CYL. 45 Ext. pilot supply port 700 Internal pilot supply ball check EXH. CONDUIT onded flow seal spool Sealed wiring tuck space Integral muffler or Optional pilot exhaust tapped port series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. large checked accumulator for consistent shifting on single and double solenoid models. plug-in design that provides for internal or external pilot with or without lights and all electrical and air plumbing in the base the valve portion is the same. Non-lubricated or lubricated service. Optional low watttage DC solenoids down to 1 watt. Optional indicator lights, and various types of manual operators. Non plug-in or external plug-in models are available ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

109 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6300 SPOOL CONFIGURTIONS CYL EX CYL CYL EX CYL 2 POS. SGLE OPERTOR SPRG RETURN CTUTED SHOWN 2 POS. DOULE OPERTOR CTUTED SHOWN CYL EX CYL CYL EX CYL 3 POS. OPEN CENTER CENTER PosiTION SHOWN 3 POS. CLOSED CENTER CENTER PosiTION SHOWN IR/SPRG CENTERG VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE The versatile 6300 Series provides high flow, extremely fast response, and long life in a compact package and is available in the following configurations: 2-Pos., single or double operators (solenoid or remote air). 3-Pos., double operator-closed Center, Open Center or Pressure Center (solenoid or remote air). Single pressure. Dual pressure on manifolds with sandwich regulators. Individual base or add-a-unit manifold base. Internal pilot or for Vacuum to 25 PSI main valve pressures, external pilot. Manual and mechanical operators available. ll models available with sandwich regulators (Except remote air pilot). REMOTE IR PILOT OPERTED VLVES These remote air versions feature: larged checked accumulator for air/spring return on single remote air models. Non-lubricated or lubricated service. ll piping connections, including the remote air pilot supply, in the base. REMOTE IR PILOT, PILOT OPERTED VLVES These special air versions have the same features as the remote air pilot operated models, but additionally feature: manual operator and indicator. bility to use a pilot signal pressure different from the main valve pressure. Pilot signal can be from 20 to150 PSIG, regardless of main valve pressure. 110

110 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6300 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 1/4-3/8-1/2 3.0 C v sub-base non plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center Valve less base sub-base Internal 1/4 NPTF External EXH 6312D-000-PM-XXYZZ 6312D-131-PM-XXYZZ 6312D-141-PM-XXYZZ EXH 6322D-000-PM-XXYZZ 6322D-131-PM-XXYZZ 6322D-141-PM-XXYZZ EXH 6332D-000-PM-XXYZZ 6332D-131-PM-XXYZZ 6332D-141-PM-XXYZZ EXH 6342D-000-PM-XXYZZ 6342D-131-PM-XXYZZ 6342D-141-PM-XXYZZ 45 sub-base Internal 6312D-231-PM-XXYZZ 6322D-231-PM-XXYZZ 6332D-231-PM-XXYZZ 6342D-231-PM-XXYZZ 3/8 NPTF External 6312D-241-PM-XXYZZ 6322D-241-PM-XXYZZ 6332D-241-PM-XXYZZ 6342D-241-PM-XXYZZ sub-base 1/2 NPTF Internal External 6312D-331-PM-XXYZZ 6312D-341-PM-XXYZZ 6322D-331-PM-XXYZZ 6322D-341-PM-XXYZZ 6332D-331-PM-XXYZZ 6332D-341-PM-XXYZZ 6342D-331-PM-XXYZZ 6342D-341-PM-XXYZZ 700 Note : bove codes shown are for side ports. SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. o p t i o n s 6312D-XXX-PM-XXYZZ 1 Non-locking 2 Locking XX Y ZZ * - For piped pilot exhaust replace M by P. - For bottom cylinder ports (excluding 1/2"), replace by 4. - For dual pressure valves (see page 293 for use with sandwich regulators), replace by Electrical connection J Rectangular connector JD Rectangular connector with light J Square connector JC Square connectorwith light Flying leads (18 ) Note : Photo shown with JC connector. Note : 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the base. 2. To order bases without the valve, choose the base from the above table, then add 6300D as a prefix. Example 6300D ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

111 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6300 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4 (2.0 C v ), 3/8" : (2.6 C v ), 1/2 (3.0 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty. -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 10 ms De-energize : 11 ms 120/60 Energize : 4-13 ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 171,8 137,1 56,0 88,7 ~31,0 96,4 26,5 15,0 EXH 1/8 (OPTION PILOT EXH.) C L 21,0 1/8 EXT. PILOT 32,0 112

112 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6300 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 1/4-3/8-1/2 3.0 C v sub-base plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center Valve less base sub-base Internal 1/4 NPTF External EXH 6311D-000-PM-XXYD 6311D-111-PM-XXYD 6311D-121-PM-XXYD EXH 6321D-000-PM-XXYD 6321D-111-PM-XXYD 6321D-121-PM-XXYD EXH 6331D-000-PM-XXYD 6331D-111-PM-XXYD 6331D-121-PM-XXYD EXH 6341D-000-PM-XXYD 6341D-111-PM-XXYD 6341D-121-PM-XXYD 45 sub-base Internal 6311D-211-PM-XXYD 6321D-211-PM-XXYD 6331D-211-PM-XXYD 6341D-211-PM-XXYD 3/8 NPTF External 6311D-221-PM-XXYD 6321D-221-PM-XXYD 6331D-221-PM-XXYD 6341D-221-PM-XXYD sub-base 1/2 NPTF Internal External 6311D-311-PM-XXYD 6311D-321-PM-XXYD 6321D-311-PM-XXYD 6321D-321-PM-XXYD 6331D-311-PM-XXYD 6331D-321-PM-XXYD 6341D-311-PM-XXYD 6341D-321-PM-XXYD 700 Note : bove codes shown are for side ports without lights. SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Voltage /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. o p t i o n s XX Y D * Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking D-XXX-PM-XXYD - For piped pilot exhaust replace M by P. - For bottom ports (excluding 1/2"), replace by 4 (no light), by 5 (sgl. light), by 6 (dbl. light). - For side ports with lights on base, replace by 2 (sgl. light), by 3 (dbl. light). - For lights on valve body, replace by 3. - For dual pressure valves with lights on valve body (see page 293 for use with sandwich regulators), replace by 6. Note : 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the base. 2. To order bases without the valve, choose the base from the above table, then add 6300D as a prefix. Example 6300D ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

113 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6300 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4 (2.0 C v ), 3/8" : (2.6 C v ), 1/2 (3.0 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty. -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 10 ms De-energize : 11 ms 120/60 Energize : 4-13 ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XXE, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYD-E, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : SPP threads. dimensions 32,0 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) C L CONDUIT 50,0 30,5 C L NI CYL EXH CYL C L 60,0 2 Ø 5,2 88,6 171,8 135,2 88,7 90,4 COND 26,5 15,0 EXH C L 1/8 (OPTION PILOT EXH.) 1/8 EXT. PILOT 32,0 42,0 1/2-14 NPSM 114

114 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6300 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/8-1/2 3.0 C v sub-base non plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 3/8 NPTF External EXH 6312D-000-PM-XXYZZ 6312D-531-PM-XXYZZ 6312D-541-PM-XXYZZ EXH 6322D-000-PM-XXYZZ 6322D-531-PM-XXYZZ 6322D-541-PM-XXYZZ EXH 6332D-000-PM-XXYZZ 6332D-531-PM-XXYZZ 6332D-541-PM-XXYZZ EXH 6342D-000-PM-XXYZZ 6342D-531-PM-XXYZZ 6342D-541-PM-XXYZZ EXH 6352D-000-PM-XXYZZ 6352D-531-PM-XXYZZ 6352D-541-PM-XXYZZ 45 sub-base Internal 6312D-631-PM-XXYZZ 6322D-631-PM-XXYZZ 6332D-631-PM-XXYZZ 6342D-631-PM-XXYZZ 6352D-631-PM-XXYZZ 1/2 NPTF External 6312D-641-PM-XXYZZ 6322D-641-PM-XXYZZ 6332D-641-PM-XXYZZ 6342D-641-PM-XXYZZ 6352D-641-PM-XXYZZ Note : bove codes shown are for side cylinder ports. SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ Electrical connection /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking J Rectangular connector /60, 220/50 2 Locking JD Rectangular connector with light 22 24/60, 24/50 J Square connector VDC (2.5 W) JC Square connector with light VDC (17.1 W) Flying leads (18 ) VDC (8.5 W) Note : Photo shown with JC connector. * Other options available, see page 357. o p t i o n s 6312D-XXX-PM-XXYZZ - For piped pilot exhaust replace M by P. - For bottom cylinder ports, replace by 4. - For bottom and side cylinder ports, replace by 7. - For dual pressure valves (see page 293 for use with sandwich regulators), replace by 5. MODIFICatiONS - MOD 0210 ottom inlet port in addition to side inlet port - TO ORDer : 6312D-531-PM-111J MOD 0210 Note : 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the manifold. 2. To order manifolds without the valve, choose the manifold from the above table, then add 6300D as a prefix. Example 6300D When ordering an external pilot connection for manifold bases, a common external pilot port is standard. One connection only is required for all the valves in the manifold whether single or double solenoid. 4. Manifolds for solenoid and remote air operated valves must be ganged separately ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

115 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6300 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/8" : (2.6 C v ), 1/2 (3.0 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty. -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 10 ms De-energize : 11 ms 120/60 Energize : 4-13 ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : Tie-rod (x2) : Fastening kit : N Inlet isolator : Exhaust isolator : lank station cover plate : M SPP threads. dimensions ~31,0 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 56,0 201,4 53,0 44,0 CYL'S EXH COND 112,1 1/8 COMMON EXT PILOT (OPTION) 21,0 29,0 80,0 35,0 52,0 3/4" 199,6 1/2" 20,0 27,0 32,0 1 1/4 NPSM 41,0 24,0 101,0 1/2 (OPTION) 5,0 ± 0,2 18,0 36,0 CYL 62,0 ± 0,2 72,0 ± 0,2 CYL 31,0 119,0 2 Ø 6,5 116

116 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6300 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/8-1/2 3.0 C v sub-base plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH Valve less base sub-base Internal 3/8 NPTF External 6311D-000-PM-XXYD 6311D-511-PM-XXYD 6311D-521-PM-XXYD 6321D-000-PM-XXYD 6321D-511-PM-XXYD 6321D-521-PM-XXYD 6331D-000-PM-XXYD 6331D-511-PM-XXYD 6331D-521-PM-XXYD 6341D-000-PM-XXYD 6341D-511-PM-XXYD 6341D-521-PM-XXYD 6351D-000-PM-XXYD 6351D-511-PM-XXYD 6351D-521-PM-XXYD 45 sub-base Internal 6311D-611-PM-XXYD 6321D-611-PM-XXYD 6331D-611-PM-XXYD 6341D-611-PM-XXYD 6351D-611-PM-XXYD 1/2 NPTF External 6311D-621-PM-XXYD 6321D-621-PM-XXYD 6331D-621-PM-XXYD 6341D-621-PM-XXYD 6351D-621-PM-XXYD Note : bove codes shown are for side cylinder ports without lights. SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Voltage /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. XX Y D * Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking o p t i o n s 6311D-XXX-PM-XXYD - For piped pilot exhaust replace M by P. - For bottom cylinder ports, replace by 4 (no light), by 5 (sgl. light), by 6 (dbl. light). - For side cylinder ports with light, replace by 2 (sgl. light), by 3 (dbl. light). - For bottom and side cylinder ports, replace by 7 (no light), by 8 (sgl. light), by 9 (dbl. light). - For lights on valve body, replace by 3. - For dual pressure valves with lights on valve body (see page 293 for use with sandwich regulators), replace by 6. MODIFICatiONS - MOD 0210 ottom inlet port in addition to side inlet port - TO ORDer : 6311D-511-PM-111D MOD 0210 Note : 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the manifold. 2. To order manifolds without the valve, choose the manifold from the above table, then add 6300D as a prefix. Example 6300D When ordering an external pilot connection for manifold bases, a common external pilot port is standard. One connection only is required for all the valves in the manifold whether single or double solenoid. 4. Manifolds for solenoid and remote air operated valves must be ganged separately ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

117 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6300 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/8" : (2.6 C v ), 1/2 (3.0 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty. -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 10 ms De-energize : 11 ms 120/60 Energize : 4-13 ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : dimensions Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XXE, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYD-E, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : Tie-rod (x2) : Fastening kit : N Inlet isolator : Exhaust isolator : lank station cover plate : M SPP threads. Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 41,0 24,0 101,0 1/2 (OPTION) 5,0 ± 0,2 18,0 36,0 CYL 62,0 ± 0,2 72,0 ± 0,2 CYL 31,0 119,0 2 Ø 6,5 201,4 53,0 44,0 CYL'S EXH COND 112,1 1/8 COMMON EXT PILOT (OPTION) 21,0 29,0 80,0 35,0 52,0 3/4 199,6 1/2 20,0 27,0 32,0 1 1/4 NPSM 118

118 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6500 Individual mounting Series sub-base non plug-in sub-base plug-in Manifold mounting 35 sub-base non plug-in sub-base plug-in 100 Pilot air accumulator ir/spring return Integral ground wire Sealed solenoid enclosure Manual operator Ext. pilot supply CYL. EXH. CYL. 45 Internal pilot supply ball check EXH. CONDUIT 700 onded flow seal spool Sealed wiring tuck space Integral muffler or Optional pilot exhaust tapped port series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. large checked accumulator for consistent shifting on single and double solenoid models. plug-in design that provides for internal or external pilot with or without lights and all electrical and air plumbing in the base the valve portion is the same. Non-lubricated or lubricated service. Optional low watttage DC solenoids down to 1 watt. Optional indicator lights, and various types of manual operators. Non plug-in or external plug-in models are available ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

119 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6500 SPOOL CONFIGURTIONS CYL EXH CYL CYL EXH CYL 2 POS. SGLE OPERTOR SPRG RETURN CTUTED SHOWN 2 POS. DOULE OPERTOR CTUTED SHOWN CYL EXH CYL 3 POS. OPEN CENTER CENTER PosiTION SHOWN IR/SPRG CENTERG CYL EXH CYL 3 POS. CLOSED CENTER CENTER PosiTION SHOWN CYL EXH CYL 3 POS. PRESSURE CENTER CENTER PosiTION SHOWN VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE The versatile 6500 Series provides high flow, extremely fast response, and long life in a compact package and is available in the following configurations: 2-Pos., single or double operators (solenoid or remote air). 3-Pos., double operator-closed Center, Open Center or Pressure Center (solenoid or remote air). Single pressure or dual pressure. Individual base or add-a-unit manifold base. Internal pilot or for Vacuum to 25 PSI main valve pressures, external pilot. Manual and mechanical operators available. REMOTE IR PILOT OPERTED VLVES larged checked accumulator for air/spring return on single remote air models. ll piping connections, including the remote air pilot supply, in the base. Non-lubricated or lubricated service. REMOTE IR PILOT, PILOT OPERTED VLVES These special air versions have the same features as the remote air pilot operated models, but additionally feature: manual operator and indicator. bility to use a pilot signal pressure different from the main valve pressure. Pilot signal can be from 20 to 150 PSIG, regardless of main valve pressure. LL MODELS VILLE WITH SNDWICH TYPE REGULTORS 120

120 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6500 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/8-1/2-3/4 5.1 C v sub-base non plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 3/8 NPTF External EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ 45 sub-base Internal PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ 1/2 NPTF External PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ sub-base 3/4 NPTF Internal External PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ 700 Note : bove codes shown are for side ports. SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Voltage /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. o p t i o n s 6512-XXX-PM-XXYZZ MOD. N For piped pilot exhaust replace M by P. - For dual pressure valve, replace by 4. MODIFICTIONS DESCRIPTION ottom inlet, exh. & cyl. ports (no side ports) Full side porting and additional bottom inlet, exh. & cyl. ports Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking XX Y ZZ * MODEL VILILITY vailable on individual base 3/8 & 1/2 only vailable on individual base 3/8 only 121 ZZ Electrical connection J Rectangular connector JD Rectangular connector with light J Square connector JC Square connector with light Flying leads (18 ) Note : Photo shown with JC connector. Note : 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the base. 2. ottom ports : Refer to modification table. 3. To order bases without the valve, choose the base from the above table, then add 6500 as a prefix. Example ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

121 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6500 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/8" : (4.5 C v ), 1/2" : (5.0 C v ), 3/4" : (5.1 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 12 ms De-energize : 12 ms 120/60 Energize : 9-14 ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : SPP threads. dimensions 2 Ø 6,7 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 101,6 /2 EXH 29,7 CYL CYL 20,6 41,3 59,4 17,3 34,9 56,0 190,3 157,1 ~31,0 C J G EXH H Port size C E F G H J 1/8 EXT. PILOT F E 67,3 3/8-1/ /

122 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6500 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/8-1/2-3/4 5.1 C v sub-base plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 3/8 NPTF External EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD 45 sub-base Internal PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD 1/2 NPTF External PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD sub-base 3/4 NPTF Internal External PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD 700 Note : bove codes shown are for side ports without lights. SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Voltage /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. XX Y D * Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking o p t i o n s 6511-XXX-PM-XXYD MOD. N For piped pilot exhaust replace M by P. - For dual pressure valve replace by 4 (no light), by 5 (sgl. light), by 6 (dbl. light). - For lights on base, replace by 2 (sgl. light), by 3 (dbl. light). - For lights on valve body, replace by 3. MODIFICTIONS DESCRIPTION ottom inlet, exh. & cyl. ports (no side ports) Full side porting and additional bottom inlet, exh. & cyl. ports MODEL VILILITY vailable on individual base 3/8 & 1/2 only vailable on individual base 3/8 only 123 Note : 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the base. 2. ottom ports : Refer to modification table. 3. To order bases without the valve, choose the base from the above table, then add 6500 as a prefix. Example ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

123 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6500 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/8" : (4.5 C v ), 1/2" : (5.0 C v ), 3/4" : (5.1 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 12 ms De-energize : 12 ms 120/60 Energize : 9-14 ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XXE, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYD-E, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : SPP threads. dimensions 2 Ø 6,7 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 93,9 /2 EXH 29,7 CYL CYL 20,6 41,3 59,4 17,3 34,9 190,3 156,0 G C J EXH COND Port size C D E F G H J 1/8 EXT. PILOT F E D 1/2-14 NPSM 3/8-1/ /

124 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6500 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/8-1/2-3/4 5.1 C v non plug-in sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 3/8 NPTF External EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ 45 sub-base Internal PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ 1/2 NPTF External PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ sub-base 3/4 NPTF Internal External PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ 700 Note : bove codes shown are for side cylinder ports. SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * 900 XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. o p t i o n s 6512-XXX-PM-XXYZZ MOD. N For piped pilot exhaust replace M by P. - For dual pressure valve, replace by 4. MODIFICTIONS DESCRIPTION Side inlet & exhaust with bottom cyl. ports (No end cyl. ports) Porting as ordered in model number plus an additional bottom inlet Sgl. pressure side inlet & exh. and additional bottom inlet with bottom cyl. ports (No end cyl. ports) DUL PRESSURE Same as sgl. pressure except with two bottom inlets. 1 Non-locking 2 Locking MODEL VILILITY vailable on all manifold models vailable on all manifold models vailable on all manifold models 125 Electrical connection J Rectangular connector JD Rectangular connector with light J Square connector JC Square connectorwith light Flying leads (18 ) Note : Photo shown with JC connector. Note : 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the manifold. 2. ottom ports : Refer to modification table. 3. To order manifolds without the valve, choose the manifold from the above table, then add 6500 as a prefix. Example ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

125 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6500 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/8" : (4.5 C v ), 1/2" : (5.0 C v ), 3/4" : (5.1 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 12 ms De-energize : 12 ms 120/60 Energize : 9-14 ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : Tie-rod (x2) : Fastening kit : N Inlet isolator : Exhaust isolator : lank station cover plate : N SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 1/8 EXT. PILOT 2 Ø 6,7 42,3 60,0 79,0 16,8 78,0 44,5 CYL CYL 26,5 24,0 89,0 82,0 59,6 5, ,6 200,3 185,3 40 CYL EXH COND. 132,8 61,0 50,5 48,0 50,0 CYL 22,0 20,5 1 3/4 41,5 44,5 34,5 1 1/4 NPSM 126

126 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6500 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/8-1/2-3/4 5.1 C v sub-base plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 3/8 NPTF External EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD 45 sub-base Internal PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD 1/2 NPTF External PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD sub-base 3/4 NPTF Internal External PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD 700 Note : bove codes shown are for side cylinder ports without lights. SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Voltage /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. o p t i o n s 6511-XXX-PM-XXYD MOD. N For piped pilot exhaust replace M by P. - For lights on valve body, replace by 3. MODIFICTIONS DESCRIPTION Side inlet & exhaust with bottom cyl. ports (No end cyl. ports) Porting as ordered in model number plus an additional bottom inlet Sgl. pressure side inlet & exh. and additional bottom inlet with bottom cyl. ports (No end cyl. ports) DUL PRESSURE Same as sgl. pressure except with two bottom inlets. XX Y D * 127 Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking - For dual pressure valve replace by 4 (no light), by 5 (sgl. light), by 6 (dbl. light). - For lights on manifold, replace by 2 (sgl. light), by 3 (dbl. light). MODEL VILILITY vailable on all manifold models vailable on all manifold models vailable on all manifold models Note : 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the manifold. 2. ottom ports : Refer to modification table. 3. To order manifolds without the valve, choose the manifold from the above table, then add 6500 as a prefix. Example ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

127 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6500 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/8" : (4.5 C v ), 1/2" : (5.0 C v ), 3/4" : (5.1 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 12 ms De-energize : 12 ms 120/60 Energize : 9-14 ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XXE, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYD-E, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : Tie-rod (x2) : Fastening kit : N Inlet isolator : Exhaust isolator : lank station cover plate : N SPP threads. dimensions 1/8 EXT. PILOT 2 Ø 6,7 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 42,3 60,0 79,0 16,8 78,0 44,5 CYL CYL 26,5 24,0 89,0 82,0 59,6 5,5 206,6 200,3 185,3 CYL EXH COND. 132,8 61,0 50,5 48,0 50,0 CYL 22,0 20,5 1 3/4 41,5 44,5 34,5 1 1/4 NPSM 128

128 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6600 Individual mounting Series sub-base non plug-in sub-base plug-in Manifold mounting 35 sub-base non plug-in sub-base plug-in 100 Optional pilot exhaust tapped port or Integral muffler Manual operator Sealed solenoid Pilot air accumulator onded flow seal spool ir/spring return CYL. EXH. CYL. 45 EXH. Ext. pilot supply 700 Sealed wiring tuck space Internal pilot supply ball check series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. large checked accumulator for consistent shifting on single and double solenoid models. plug-in design that provides for internal or external pilot with or without lights and all electrical and air plumbing in the base. Non-lubricated or lubricated service. Optional low watttage DC solenoids down to 1 watt. Optional indicator lights, and various types of manual operators. Non plug-in or external plug-in models are available ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

129 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6600 SPOOL CONFIGURTIONS CYL EXH CYL 2 POS. SGLE OPERTOR SPRG RETURN CTUTED SHOWN CYL EXH CYL 2 POS. DOULE OPERTOR CTUTED SHOWN CYL EXH CYL CYL EXH CYL 3 POS. OPEN CENTER CENTER PosiTION SHOWN PTENTED IR/SPRG CENTERG 3 POS. CLOSED CENTER CENTER PosiTION SHOWN CYL EXH CYL 3 POS. PRESSURE CENTER CENTER PosiTION SHOWN VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE The versatile 6600 Series provides high flow, extremely fast response, and long life in a compact package and is available in the following configurations: 2-Pos., single or double operators (solenoid or remote air). 3-Pos., double operator-closed Center, Open Center or Pressure Center (solenoid or remote air). Single pressure or dual pressure. Individual base. Internal pilot or for Vacuum to 25 PSI main valve pressures, external pilot. Manual and mechanical operators available. REMOTE IR PILOT OPERTED VLVES These remote air versions feature: larged checked accumulator for air/spring return on single remote air models. ll piping connections, including the remote air pilot supply, in the base. Non-lubricated or lubricated service. REMOTE IR PILOT, PILOT OPERTED VLVES These special air versions have the same features as the remote air pilot operated models, but additionally feature: manual operator and indicator. bility to use a pilot signal pressure different from the main valve pressure. Pilot signal can be from 20 to 150 PSIG, regardless of main valve pressure. 130

130 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6600 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/ C v sub-base non plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 3/4 NPTF External sub-base Internal 1 NPTF External EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ Note : bove codes shown are for side ports. SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Voltage /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page XXX-PM-XXYZZ MOD. N o p t i o n s - For piped pilot exhaust replace M by P. - For dual pressure valve, replace by 4. MODIFICTIONS DESCRIPTION ottom inlet, exh. & cyl ports (side ports plugged) Full side porting and additional. ottom inlet, exh. & cyl ports Side inlet & exhaust with bottom cyl. ports (side cyl.ports plugged) EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking TO ORDER - dd the appropriate modification number after the valve number; EXMPLE : PM-111J MOD 0002 Y XX Y ZZ * 131 EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ MODEL VILILITY 3/4 individual base 3/4 individual base 3/4 individual base EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ ZZ Electrical connection EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ J Rectangular connector JD Rectangular connector with light J Square connector JC Square connectorwith light Flying leads (18 ) Note : Photo shown with JC connector. Note : 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the base. 2. ottom ports : Refer to modification table. 3. To order bases without the valve, choose the base from the above table, then add 6600 as a prefix. Example position and 3 position valve bodies are not interchangeable ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

131 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6600 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/4" : (9.0 C v ), 1" : (9.6 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 18 ms De-energize : 20 ms 120/60 Energize : ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : SPP threads. dimensions DL 239,8 56 SGL 203,9 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT 137,4 P- P- 1/2 LET FOR DUL PRESSURE 59,0 37,0 24,0 EXH 60,0 45,0 24,0 60,0 1/2 NPSM CONDUIT 40,0 51,0 49,0 20,0 53,0 15,0 5,0 35,0 40,0 Ø 10,32 2 MTG HOLES 86,0 28,0 43,0 28,0 C L EX 24,0 22,0 53,0 106,0 3/4 OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 20,0 CYL CYL 11,0 55,0 27,0 51,0 110,0 1/8 OPTIONL OTTOM EXTERNL PILOT 132

132 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6600 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/ C v sub-base plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 3/4 NPTF External EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD 45 sub-base Internal PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD 1 NPTF External PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD Note : bove codes shown are for side ports without lights. SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Voltage /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. XX Y D * Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking o p t i o n s 6611-XXX-PM-XXYD MOD. N For piped pilot exhaust replace M by P. - For dual pressure valve replace by 4 (no light), by 5 (sgl. light), by 6 (dbl. light). - For lights on base, replace by 2 (sgl. light), by 3 (dbl. light). - For lights on valve body, replace by 3. MODIFICTIONS DESCRIPTION ottom inlet, exh. & cyl ports (side ports plugged) Full side porting and additional bottom inlet, exh. & cyl ports Side inlet & exhaust with bottom cyl. ports (side cyl.ports plugged) TO ORDER - dd the appropriate modification number after the valve number; EXMPLE : PM-111D MOD 0002 MODEL VILILITY 3/4 individual base 3/4 individual base 3/4 individual base 133 Note : 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the base. 2. ottom ports : Refer to modification table. 3. To order bases without the valve, choose the base from the above table, then add 6600 as a prefix. Example position and 3 position valve bodies are not interchangeable ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

133 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6600 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/4" : (9.0 C v ), 1" : (9.6 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 18 ms De-energize : 20 ms 120/60 Energize : ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XXE, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYD-E, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 203,9 239,8 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT 137,4 P- P- 1/2 LET FOR DUL PRESSURE 59,0 37,0 24,0 EXH 60,0 45,0 24,0 60,0 1/2 NPSM CONDUIT 40,0 51,0 49,0 20,0 53,0 15,0 5,0 35,0 40,0 Ø 10,32 2 MTG HOLES 86,0 28,0 43,0 28,0 C L EX 24,0 22,0 53,0 106,0 3/4 OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 20,0 CYL CYL 11,0 55,0 27,0 1/8 OPTIONL OTTOM EXTERNL PILOT 51,0 110,0 134

134 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6600 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/ /4 9.6 C v non plug-in sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 3/4 NPTF External EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ EXH PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ 45 sub-base Internal PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ 1 NPTF External PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ sub-base 1 1/4 NPTF Internal External PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ PM-XXYZZ 700 Note : bove codes shown are for side ports. SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ Electrical connection /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking J Rectangular connector /60, 220/50 2 Locking JD Rectangular connector with light 22 24/60, 24/50 J Square connector VDC (2.5 W) JC Square connectorwith light VDC (17.1 W) Flying leads (18 ) VDC (8.5 W) Note : Photo shown with JC connector. * Other options available, see page 357. o p t i o n s 6612-XXX-PM-XXYD MOD. N For piped pilot exhaust replace M by P. - For dual pressure valve, replace by 4. MODIFICTIONS DESCRIPTION 1 1/4 ottom inlet 1 1/4 ottom inlet, 3/4 or 1 ottom cyl. Side inlet & exhaust with bottom cyl. ports (side cyl.ports plugged) TO ORDER - dd the appropriate modification number after the valve number; EXMPLE : PM-111J MOD 0364 XX Y ZZ * MODEL VILILITY Manifold base Manifold base 1 Manifold base 135 Note : 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the manifold. 2. ottom ports : Refer to modification table. 3. To order manifolds without the valve, choose the manifold from the above table, then add 6600 as a prefix. Example When ordering an external pilot connection for manifold bases, a common external pilot port is standard. One connection only is required for all the valves in the manifold whether single or double solenoid position and 3 position valve bodies are not interchangeable ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

135 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6600 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/4" : (9.0 C v ), 1" : (9.6 C v ), 1 1/4 : (9.6 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 18 ms De-energize : 20 ms 120/60 Energize : ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : dimensions Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : Tie-rod (x2) : Fastening kit : N Inlet & exhaust isolator : SPP threads. Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 353 DOULE OPERTOR 119,9 70,0 ~31 STNDRD COMMON EXTERNL PILOT SUPPLY 1/8 11,8 OPTIONL DIVIDUL EXTERNL PILOT SUPPLY 1/8 156,9 CYL 161,4 CYL 60,0 32,0 EXH CONDUIT 40,5 50,5 67,5 81,5 22,0 52,0 50,0 108,0 ± 0,2 1 1/4 LET & EXHUST 12,0 50,0 54,0 129,8 287,5 1 NPSM CONDUIT PORT OPTIONL 3/4 & 1 OTTOM CYLDER PORTS VILLE 48,0 42,0 Ø 10,32 2 MTG HOLES CYL 54,0 129,8 24,0 CYL 129,8 30,0 56,0 169,0 ± 0,1 1 1/4 OTTOM LET PORT - OPTIONL 136

136 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 6600 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/ /4 9.6 C v sub-base plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center Valve less base sub-base Internal 3/4 NPTF External EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD EXH PM-XXYD PM--XXYD PM-XXYD 45 sub-base Internal PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD 1 NPTF External PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD sub-base 1 1/4 NPTF Internal External PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD PM-XXYD 700 Note : bove codes shown are for side cylinder ports without lights. SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Voltage /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. XX Y D * Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking o p t i o n s 6611-XXX-PM-XXYD MOD. N For piped pilot exhaust replace M by P. - For lights on valve body, replace by 3. MODIFICTIONS DESCRIPTION 1 1/4 ottom inlet 1 1/4 ottom inlet, 3/4 or 1 ottom cyl. Side inlet & exhaust with bottom cyl. ports (side cyl.ports plugged) TO ORDER - dd the appropriate modification number after the valve number; EXMPLE : PM-111D MOD For dual pressure valve replace by 4 (no light), by 5 (sgl. light), by 6 (dbl. light). - For lights on manifold, replace by 2 (sgl. light), by 3 (dbl. light). MODEL VILILITY Manifold base Manifold base 1 Manifold base 137 Note : 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the manifold. 2. ottom ports : Refer to modification table. 3. To order manifolds without the valve, choose the manifold from the above table, then add 6600 as a prefix. Example When ordering an external pilot connection for manifold bases, a common external pilot port is standard. One connection only is required for all the valves in the manifold whether single or double solenoid position and 3 position valve bodies are not interchangeable ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

137 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6600 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/4" : (9.0 C v ), 1" : (9.6 C v ), 1 1/4 : (9.6 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 18 ms De-energize : 20 ms 120/60 Energize : ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : dimensions Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XXE, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYD-E, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : Tie-rod (x2) : Fastening kit : N Inlet & exhaust isolator : SPP threads. Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 249,7 DOULE OPERTOR 119,9 70,0 STNDRD COMMON EXTERNL PILOT SUPPLY 1/8 11,8 OPTIONL DIVIDUL EXTERNL PILOT SUPPLY PORT 1/8 CYL 161,4 CYL 60,0 32,0 EXH CONDUIT 40,5 50,5 67,5 81,5 22,0 52,0 50,0 108,0 ± 0,2 1 1/4 LET & EXHUST 12,0 50,0 54,0 129,8 237,8 SGLE OPERTOR 1 NPSM CONDUIT PORT OPTIONL 3/4 & 1 OTTOM CYLDER PORTS VILLE 48,0 42,0 Ø 10,32 2 MTG HOLES CYL 54,0 129,8 24,0 CYL 129,8 30,0 56,0 169,0 ± 0,1 1 1/4 OTTOM LET PORT - OPTIONL 138

138 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 1300 Individual mounting Series sub-base plug-in Pilot air accumulator Internal pilot supply check valve Moisture and dust seal Manual operator Ext. pilot supply Pilot valve (100 series) Combination air and spring return EXH. CYL. CYL. EXH. 45 EXH. 700 Electrical plug in Conduit series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. large checked accumulator for consistent shifting on single and double solenoid models. plug-in design that provides for internal or external pilot with or without lights and all electrical in the base. Non-lubricated or lubricated service. Optional indicator lights, and various types of manual operators ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

139 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 1300 SOLENOID PILOT The solenoid pilot utilized on the 1300 Series is the extremely fast and reliable, spring biased MC 100 Series three-way manifold valve which features a high flow balanced poppet. The patented spring biased floating pole piece MCSOLENOID of the 100 Series practically eliminates the two most common causes of solenoid valve failures: coil burnout on C service and failure to shift. The versatility of the 100 Series permits either internal or external pilot supply. The solenoid housing incorporates a 1/8" NPTF pilot exhaust connection which can be either muffled or piped away and the extrenal pilot supply connection. M VLVE The main valve contains a MC all bonded, lightweight one-piece aluminium spool. ll spool seals are permanently bonded, precision ground and chemically surface hardened to provide long, stick-free operation. These valves with their pressure balanced design are not affected by restrictions or back pressure in the exhaust and can be plugged for use as three-way valves. The one-piece silicon aluminium body used with any of these valves incorporates an integral accumulator. remote air pilot operated valves. Internally piloted, the accumulator is protected from inlet pressure fluctuations in the main valve by a check valve. The check valve is designed to bleed off the accumulator when the main supply pressure is removed. For external pilot supply operations, the check valve is reversed, blocking the internal pilot supply to the accumulator. The accumulator is then supplied through the external supply connection. DIFFERENTIL RETURN Single solenoid pilot or single air pilot operated models contain a combination spring and air assisted differential return. Supplied from the accumulator it balances the shifting forces for consistent operation and positive spool return. SES The 4-port aluminium base design simplifies piping and enables the use of a single muffler or piped exhaust. They are provided with an integral electricial wiring space, sealed with a convenient access cover. The access cover also houses the optional indicator lights, available in voltages of 120/60, 110/50 or 240/60, 220/50 or 24 VDC in either single or double lights. CCUMULTOR large accumulator housed in the main valve body supplies both pilots on double solenoid valves as well as the air assisted spring return on single solenoid pilot or single 3-POSITION VLVES The 1300 Series solenoid pilot 3-position valves, are centered by MC's exclusive combination spring and pressure assisted spool design. The combination spring and air assist assures fast, positive return of the main spool when the pilots are de-energized. vailable in external or internal pilot supply models, with either a closed center spool (all ports blocked) or open center spool (inlet blocked, cylinder ports open to exhaust). EXH CYL CYL EXH 3-POSITION DOULE SOLENOID CLOSED CENTER 140

140 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 1300 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/ /4-1 1/ C v sub-base plug-in operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure. 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Port size 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center Valve less base Sub base 3/4 NPTF Sub base 1 NPTF EXH 1301G-XXYD-XX 1321G-XXYD-XX 1331G-XXYD-XX EXH 1303G-XXYD-XX 1323G-XXYD-XX 1333G-XXYD-XX EXH 1307G-XXYD-XX 1327G-XXYD-XX 1337G-XXYD-XX EXH 1308G-XXYD-XX 1328G-XXYD-XX 1338G-XXYD-XX 45 Sub base 1 1/4 NPTF 1351G-XXYD-XX 1353G-XXYD-XX 1357G-XXYD-XX 1358G-XXYD-XX Sub base 1 1/2 NPTF 1361G-XXYD-XX 1363G-XXYD-XX 1367G-XXYD-XX 1368G-XXYD-XX SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y D- X X * 700 XX Voltage Y Manual operator X Pilot air X Indicator light /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking 1 Internal 5 With light in base /60, 220/50 2 Locking 2 External 22 24/60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. ases /4 SE SS'Y - SGL. (NPTF) /4 SE SS'Y - DL. (NPTF) XX05 3/4 SE SS'Y - SGL. - W/LIGHT (NPTF) XX06 3/4 SE SS'Y - DL. - W/LIGHT (NPTF) SE SS'Y - SGL. (NPTF) SE SS'Y - DL. (NPTF) XX05 1 SE SS'Y - SGL. - W/LIGHT (NPTF) XX06 1 SE SS'Y - DL. - W/LIGHT (NPTF) /4 SE SS'Y - SGL. (NPTF) /4 SE SS'Y - DL. (NPTF) XX05 1 1/4 SE SS'Y - SGL. - W/LIGHT (NPTF) XX06 1 1/4 SE SS'Y - DL. - W/LIGHT (NPTF) /2 SE SS'Y - SGL. (NPTF) /2 SE SS'Y - DL. (NPTF) XX05 1 1/2 SE SS'Y - SGL. - W/LIGHT (NPTF) XX06 1 1/2 SE SS'Y - DL. - W/LIGHT (NPTF) Light options XX = V-120V V-240V 61-24V-28V OTTOM PORTS available only on 3/4 valves For bottom ports only specify MOD 0002 For side and bottom ports specify MOD 0004 EXMPLE : 1321G-111D-1 MOD ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

141 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 1300 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/4" : (11.5 C v ), 1" : (13.7 C v ), 1 1/4 : (15.4 C v ), 1 1/2 : (15.9 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 20 ms De-energize : 28 ms 120/60 Energize : ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XXD. Pressure seal between valve and base : Pilot valve : 150-XXD, including mounting screws and adaptor plate N Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : SPP threads. Lights in base. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 272,7 DOULE OPERTOR 237,9 SGLE OPERTOR 136,4 79,2 158,8 CYL CYL CONDUIT OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 3/4 MODELS ONLY EXT PILOT 76,2 63,5 C 17,5 EXH 19,8 4 Ø 10,4 MTG. HOLES EXH CONDUIT D E F 3 HOLES 1/2 NPSM CONDUIT Port size C D E F 3/4, 1 NPTF /4 NPTF 1 1/2 NPTF

142 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 800 Individual mounting Series inline Manifold mounting stacking body with 1 common port (inlet) stacking body with 3 common ports (inlet & exhausts) stacking body with 3 common ports and integral F.C. stacking body with 3 common ports with common conduit stacking body with 3 common ports with C. C. & integral exh. F. C One piece body onded spool 2 Piston assembly 3 Piston adapter Manual operator Sealed solenoid enclosure ir/spring return OPER. Internal pilot supply External pilot option OPER. Optional pilot exhaust tapped port or Integral muffler series features The patented Macsolenoid with its non-burn out feature on C service. ir/spring return on single solenoid valves. Use for lube or non-lube service. Optional common conduit stacking valve with integral wiring space and indicator lights Optional integral individual exhaust flow controls. Optional low wattage DC solenoids down to 1 watt. Various types of manual operators and solenoid enclosures ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

143 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 800 SPECIL PPLICTIONS : On all single pressure models, energizing the operator closest to port #5 supplies pressure to cylinder port "2" and energizing the operator closest to port #4 supplies pressure to cylinder port "3". For the following special applications, additional piping considerations are required. EXTERNL PILOT PPLICTIONS : n External Pilot is only required when the main valve pressure is less than 20 PSIG on single solenoid or 10 PSIG on double solenoid valves in 2-position models, or less than 20 PSIG on 3-position double solenoid models. lso an External Pilot is required when main valve pressure is in excess of 150 PSIG. DIVIDUL VLVES: The External Pilot supply is connected to the External Pilot port in the piston adapter. The valve must be an External Pilot model. STCKG VLVES: The External Pilot supply is connected to the External Pilot ports in the end plates. The valve is the same valve for either Internal or External Pilot. The end plate must be the external pilot type. DUL PRESSURE (TWO LET) PPLICTIONS : When two pressures are required within a valve, a Dual Pressure (Inlet) model must be used. dditionally the following must be adhered to: DIVIDUL VLVES: If both pressures are below the minimum, use an External Pilot supply as described above for Individual valves and connect the two pressures to ports #4 and #5. Otherwise, use an Internal Pilot model and connect the higher pressure to port #5 and the lower pressure to port #4. STCKG VLVES: Use an External Pilot Manifold End Plate Kid, as described above for Stacking Valves and connect the two pressures to the Exhaust ports in the end plate. MULTIPLE PRESSURES TO STCK : y isolating, different pressures can be supplied to each end of a stack to provide two pressures. If more than two pressures are required, a Dual Inlet Pressure lock can be installed providing 2 more inlet pressures to a stack. With the use of 1 or more of these Pressure locks, a stack can have virtually unlimited inlet pressures. VCUUM PPLICTIONS : Use an External Pilot model as described under "External Pilot pplications", (Individual valve or Stacking). For single pressure, dual exhaust type valve ports #4 & #5 (Exhausts) should be connected to the vacuum supply and port #1 (Inlet) to atmosphere. For dual pressure, single exhaust type valves, vacuum should be connected to port #1(Inlet) and ports #4 & #5 (Exhausts) to atmosphere. SELECTOR PPLICTIONS : Use an External Pilot model as described above, if both pressures are below the minimum pilot pressure; otherwise use an Internal Pilot model. In either case, use a single pressure model and connect the higher pressure to port #1 (Inlet) and the lower pressure to port #4 (Exhaust) if using cylinder port #2 or to port #5 (Exhaust) if using cylinder port #3. SPOOL CONFIGURTIONS 2-POSITION SGL. PRESSURE (SPOOL #12184) CTUTED SHOWN 3-POSITION SGL. PRESS. OPEN CENTER (SPOOL ssy.#s-00003) CENTER POSITION SHOWN POSITION DUL 1 PRESSURE (SPOOL ssy.#10266) CTUTED SHOWN POSITION SGL. PRESS. 1 PRESSURE CENTER (SPOOL ssy. #S-08003) CENTER POSITION SHOWN POSITION 4 4 2SGL. PRESS. CLOSED CENTER (SPOOL ssy. #S-00004) CENTER POSITION SHOWN POSITION 4 4 DUL PRESS PRESSURE CENTER (SPOOL ssy. #S-08002) CENTER POSITION SHOWN

144 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 800 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 5/2-5/3 1/4 1.4 C v inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size Pilot air 5/2 Single operator 3 2 5/2 Double operator 3 2 5/3 Closed center 2 3 5/3 Open center 2 3 5/3 Pressure center /4 NPTF Internal External 811C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page Non-locking 2 Locking Electrical connection J Rectangular connector JD Rectangular connector with light J Square connector JC Square connector with light Flying leads (18 ) C Conduit 1/2 NPS MODIFICTIONS - N /8 inlet and cylinder ports, exhaust ports 1/4 MODIFICatiONS - N NMUR interface. dd mod. N after valve part n. - EXMPLE : 811C-PM-111C-152 Mod o p t i o n s 811C-PM-111C C-PM-111C For 2 position dual pressure : replace by 2. - For 3 position dual pressure, pressure center : replace by ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

145 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 800 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 200 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" : (1.4 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose - class wires - Continuous duty - Encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 8 ms De-energize : 10 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-11 ms De-energize : 9-16 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Mounting screw kit for pilot : N SPP threads. NMUR interface. Explosion-proof model. Flow control/muffler (1/4 ) : dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) Ø 6,7 ~31,0 56,0 50,8 OPER. "" 2 3 OPER. "" 47,6 35,1 57, ,5 1/8 EXT. PILOT (OPTION) 183,2 136, , /4 5 G1/4 (5 x) 25,4 146

146 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 800 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold Mounting Series 5/2-5/3 1/4 1.4 C v with 1 common port (inlet) stacking body operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size 5/2 Single operator 3 2 5/2 Double operator 3 2 5/3 Closed center 2 3 5/3 Open center 2 3 5/3 Pressure center /4 NPTF SOLENOID OPERTOR 811C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ-132 XX Y ZZ * 825C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. T. PILOT - PRT N. M M o p t i o n s 811C-PM C-PM Non-locking 2 Locking MNIFOLD END PLTE KITS (NPTF)* EXT. PILOT - PRT N. MODELS USED WITH M com. port or 1 com. port models, stacks of 1 thru 16 valves M com. port or 1 com. port models, stacks of 17 or more valves * dd letter P at end of part N. for SPP threads; EXMPLE : M P Note : (1) end plate kit required per stack. - For 2 position dual pressure : replace by 2. - For 3 position dual pressure, pressure center : replace by Electrical connection J Rectangular connector JD Rectangular connector with light R Conduit 3/8 NPS Flying leads (18 ) ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

147 KCOL KCOL 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 800 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 200 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" : (1.4 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose - class wires - Continuous duty - Encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 8 ms De-energize : 10 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-11 ms De-energize : 9-16 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Mounting screw kit for pilot : N Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator (x2) : N SPP threads. Dual inlet block: M Flow control/muffler (1/4 ) : dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) OPER."" EXH 1 EXH MNIFOLD LET (G3/8") 8.6 DI. MNIFOLD EXHUST (G3/8") CONDUIT COVER OPER."" 58.1 DIVIDUL EXHUST G1/4". (2 PLCES) L OCK L OCK L OCK L OCK

148 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 800 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting 5/2-5/3 1/4-3/8 1.4 C v with 3 common ports stacking body (inlet & exhausts) Series operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size 5/2 Single operator 3 2 5/2 Double operator 3 2 5/3 Closed center 2 3 5/3 Open center 2 3 5/3 Pressure center /4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF 811C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ Electrical connection /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking J Rectangular connector /60, 220/50 2 Locking JD Rectangular connector with light 22 24/60, 24/50 R Conduit 3/8 NPS VDC (2.5 W) Flying leads (18 ) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. T. PILOT - PRT N. M M o p t i o n s 811C-PM-111R C-PM-111R-822 MNIFOLD END PLTE KITS (NPTF)* EXT. PILOT - PRT N. MODELS USED WITH M com. port or 1 com. port models, stacks of 1 thru 16 valves M com. port or 1 com. port models, stacks of 17 or more valves * dd letter P at end of part N. for SPP threads; EXMPLE : M P Note : (1) end plate kit required per stack. - For 2 position dual pressure : replace by 2. - For 3 position dual pressure, pressure center: replace by ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

149 KCOL KCOL 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 800 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 200 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" : (1.4 C v ), 3/8 : (1.4 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose - class wires - Continuous duty - Encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 8 ms De-energize : 10 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-11 ms De-energize : 9-16 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Mounting screw kit for pilot : N Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator (x2) : N SPP threads. Dual inlet block: M dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) MNIFOLD LET (G3/8") 8.6 DI. MNIFOLD EXHUST (G3/8") CONDUIT COVER OPER."" 4 5 EXH 1 EXH OPER."" L OCK L OCK L OCK L OCK

150 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 800 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting 5/2-5/3 1/4-3/8 1.4 C v with 3 common ports and stacking body integral F.C. Series operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size 5/2 Single operator 3 2 5/2 Double operator 3 2 5/3 Closed center 2 3 5/3 Open center 2 3 5/3 Pressure center /4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF 811C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ Electrical connection /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking J Rectangular connector /60, 220/50 2 Locking JD Rectangular connector with light 22 24/60, 24/50 R Conduit 3/8 NPS VDC (2.5 W) Flying leads (18 ) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. T. PILOT - PRT N. M M o p t i o n s 811C-PM-111R C-PM-111R-892 MNIFOLD END PLTE KITS (NPTF)* EXT. PILOT - PRT N. MODELS USED WITH M com. port or 1 com. port models, stacks of 1 thru 16 valves M com. port or 1 com. port models, stacks of 17 or more valves * dd letter P at end of part N. for SPP threads; EXMPLE : M P Note : (1) end plate kit required per stack. - For 2 position dual pressure : replace by 2. - For 3 position dual pressure, pressure center: replace by ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

151 KCOL KCOL 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 800 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 200 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" : (1.4 C v ), 3/8 : (1.4 Cv) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose - class wires - Continuous duty - Encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 8 ms De-energize : 10 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-11 ms De-energize : 9-16 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Mounting screw kit for pilot : N Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator (x2) : N SPP threads. Dual inlet block: M dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) MNIFOLD LET (G3/8") 8.6 DI. MNIFOLD EXHUST (G3/8") CONDUIT COVER OPER."" 4 5 EXH 1 EXH OPER."" L OCK L OCK L OCK L OCK

152 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 800 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting 5/2-5/3 1/4-3/8 1.4 C v with 3 common ports with stacking body common conduit Series operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size 5/2 Single operator 3 2 5/2 Double operator 3 2 5/3 Closed center 2 3 5/3 Open center 2 3 5/3 Pressure center /4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF 811C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking D /60, 220/50 2 Locking 22 24/60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. Electrical connection Common conduit MOD. N T. PILOT - PRT N. M M o p t i o n s MODIFICTIONS DESCRIPTION Indicator light 24 VDC Indicator light 120 V/60/50 Indicator light 240 V/60/50 811C-PM-111D For 2 position dual pressure : replace by 2. MNIFOLD END PLTE KITS (NPTF)* EXT. PILOT - PRT N. MODELS USED WITH M Com. conduit models, stacks of 1 thru 16 valves M Com. conduit models, stacks of 17 or more valves * dd letter P at end of part N. for SPP threads; EXMPLE : M P Note : (1) end plate kit required per stack. 825C-PM-111D For 3 position dual pressure, pressure center : replace by MODEL VILILITY Single & double solenoid TO ORDER - dd the appropriate modification number after the valve number; EXMPLE : 811C-PM-111D-142 MOD ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

153 KCOL KCOL 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 800 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 200 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" : (1.4 C v ), 3/8 : (1.4 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose - class wires - Continuous duty - Encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 8 ms De-energize : 10 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-11 ms De-energize : 9-16 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Mounting screw kit for pilot : N Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator (x2) : N SPP threads. Dual inlet block: M dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 44.5 G1 1/4" CONDUIT CONNECTOR OTH ENDS MNIFOLD LET (G3/8") 8.6 DI. MNIFOLD EXHUST (G3/8") CONDUIT COVER OPER."" 4 5 EXH 1 EXH OPER."" L OCK L OCK L OCK L OCK * G1/4"&G3/8" 2 PLCES ECH ODY *ODIES WITH G3/8: PORTS DIM. IS

154 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 800 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting 5/2-5/3 1/4-3/8 1.4 C v with 3 common ports with C. C. & stacking body integral exh. F. C. Series operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Port size 5/2 Single operator 3 2 5/2 Double operator 3 2 5/3 Closed center 2 3 5/3 Open center 2 3 5/3 Pressure center /4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF 811C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ C-PM-XXYZZ SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking D /60, 220/50 2 Locking 22 24/60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. Electrical connection Common conduit MOD. N T. PILOT - PRT N. M M o p t i o n s MODIFICTIONS DESCRIPTION Indicator light 24 VDC Indicator light 120 V/60/50 Indicator light 240 V/60/50 811C-PM-111D For 2 position dual pressure : replace by 2. MNIFOLD END PLTE KITS (NPTF)* EXT. PILOT - PRT N. MODELS USED WITH M Com. conduit models, stacks of 1 thru 16 valves M Com. conduit models, stacks of 17 or more valves * dd letter P at end of part N. for SPP threads; EXMPLE : M P Note : (1) end plate kit required per stack. 825C-PM-111D For 3 position dual pressure, pressure center : replace by MODEL VILILITY Single & double solenoid TO ORDER - dd the appropriate modification number after the valve number; EXMPLE : 811C-PM-111D-162 MOD ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

155 CO L KCOL 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 800 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 200 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" : (1.4 C v ), 3/8" : (1.4 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min General purpose - class wires - Continuous duty - Encapsulated -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 8 ms De-energize : 10 ms 120/60 Energize : 5-11 ms De-energize : 9-16 ms Spare parts : Options : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Mounting screw kit for pilot : N Inlet isolator : N Exhaust isolator (x2) : N SPP threads. Dual inlet block: M dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 10.7 MX M. G1 1/4" CONDUIT CONNECTOR OTH ENDS MNIFOLD LET (G3/8") 8.6 DI. MNIFOLD EXHUST (G3/8") CONDUIT COVER OPER."" 4 EXH 1 5 EXH OPER."" K L OCK L OCK L OCK L OCK * G1/4"&G3/8" 2 PLCES ECH ODY *ODIES WITH 3/8: PORTS DIM. IS

156 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series ISO 1 Individual mounting Series valve only Manifold mounting 35 valve only 100 ir/spring return onded flow seal spool Pilot air accumulator Manual operator External pilot port series features Fastest available response time with patented Macsolenoid. No-stick operation is ensured by wiping action of unique MC spool/bore combination. alanced poppet pilot valve for high flow, precise repeatability, and consistent operation. Large spool piston for high shifting force even at minimum operating pressure ir/spring return for consistent shifting on single solenoid models. Patented virtually burn-out proof C solenoid. Optional low wattage DC solenoids down to 1.0 watt. Various manual operators & electrical connectors are available. Muffled or threaded pilot exhaust ports. Internal of external pilot models available ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

157 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series ISO 1 VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE 2-Pos., single or double operators (solenoid or remote air). Single or dual pressure. 3-Pos., double operator-closed center, open center or pressure center (solenoid or remote air). Individual base or add-a-unit manifold base. Internal pilot or external pilot (including a common external pilot or manifold models). Side porting and bottom porting options. *International Standards Organization ISO Common ase Interface (ISO Std. 5599/1) SPECIL PPLICTION STRUCTIONS : On all models, energizing the "14" operator (solenoid or remote air) connects Port #1 to Cylinder Port #4 and energizing the "12" operator connects Port #1 to Cylinder Port #2. For the following special applications, additional piping considerations are required. EXTERNL PILOT PPLICTIONS* - n External Pilot Supply is only required when the main valve pressure is less than 1.8 RS on single operators (soleneoid or remote air) or 0.7 RS on double solenoid valves only. In these cases, use an External Pilot model and supply a minimum of 1.8 RS for single operators or a minimum of 0.7 RS for double solenoid valves to either the "14" or "12" External Pilot Port of the valve base. VCUUM PPLICTIONS - Use an External Pilot model as described above and also connect the vacuum source to Port #3 & 5 and leave Port#1 open to atmosphere on single pressure models. On two pressure models, reverse the single pressure piping. SELECTOR PPLICTIONS - Use an External Pilot Model as described above if both pressures are below the minimum, otherwise use an Internal Pilot model and connect the higher pressure to Port #1 and the lower pressure to either Port #3 or 5 depending on which Cylinder Port is to be active. TWO PRESSURE PPLICTIONS - For Internal Pilot models specify the model number for connecting either port #3 or 5, whichever is to be the higher pressure, to the Internal Pilot supply. For external Pilot models, pipe as described above for "External Pilot pplication." *Note: 1ar = 14.5 PSIG 158

158 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series ISO 1 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting & Manifold mounting Series 5/2-5/3 1/4-3/8 1.6 C v valve only operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Single pressure valves Pilot air 5/2 Single operator 5/2 Double operator 5/3 Closed center 5/3 Open center Internal External MV-1C-111-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-121-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-211-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-221-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-312-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-322-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-311-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-321-PM-XXYZZ 45 Dual pressure valves Pilot air 5/2 Single operator 5/2 Double operator 5/3 Pressure center Internal port MV-1C-131-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-231-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-331-PM-XXYZZ 900 Internal port 5 External MV-1C-135-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-141-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-232-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-241-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-332-PM-XXYZZ MV-1C-341-PM-XXYZZ 82 SOLENOID OPERTOR * Other options available, see page 357. Note : ISO valves are delivered w/o base. See page 281 for base code. o p t i o n s XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) 1 Non-locking 2 Locking MV-1C-111-PM-XXYZZ - For CNOMO pilot, consult factory. - For universal spool replace by 6 (2 position, sgl. pressure valves only) - For use with single pressure sandwich regulator, replace by Electrical connection J Rectangular connector JD Rectangular connector with light J Square connector JC Square connector with light Flying leads (18 ) Note : Photo shown with JC connector ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

159 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series ISO 1 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" : (1.6 C v ), 3/8" : (1.6 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 10 ms De-energize : 11 ms 120/60 Energize : 7-13 ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) DIVIDUL SE 92,4 MNIFOLD SE 92,4 C L 96,1 ISO 1 Manifold mounting 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT ,0 22,0 26,0 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT ,0 TYPE J & JC J & JD ,0 26,0 25,0 25,0 50,0 85,0 1/8 OPTIONL PILOT EXH. 16,0 26,0 121,0 26,0 32,5 40,0 1/8 OPTIONL PILOT EXHUST 3,0 13,0 68,0 13,0 Ø 6,5 2 MTG HOLES 22,0 21,0 26,0 Ø 6,3 2 MTG HOLES ISO 1 Individual mounting TYPE J & JC J & JD ,0 12,0 11, ,0 85,0 100,0 9,0 14,0 62,0 OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 12,75 25,5 OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS , ,0 121,0 5 6,0 18,0 24,75 51,0 ± 0,2 160

160 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series ISO 2 Individual mounting Series valve only Manifold mounting 35 valve only 100 ir/spring return onded flow seal spool Pilot air accumulator Manual operator External pilot port series features Fastest available response time with patented Macsolenoid. No-stick operation is ensured by wiping action of unique MC spool/bore combination. alanced poppet pilot valve for high flow, precise repeatability, and consistent operation. Large spool piston for high shifting force even at minimum operating pressure ir/spring return for consistent shifting on single solenoid models. Patented virtually burn-out proof C solenoid. Optional low wattage DC solenoids down to 1.0 watt. Various manual operators & electrical connectors are available. Muffled or threaded pilot exhaust ports. Internal of external pilot models available ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

161 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series ISO 2 VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE 2-Pos., single or double operators (solenoid or remote air). Single or dual pressure. 3-Pos., double operator-closed center, open center or pressure center (solenoid or remote air). Individual base or add-a-unit manifold base. Internal pilot or external pilot (including a common external pilot or manifold models). Side porting and bottom porting options. *International Standards Organization ISO Common ase Interface (ISO Std. 5599/1) SPECIL PPLICTION STRUCTIONS : On all models, energizing the "14" operator (solenoid or remote air) connects Port #1 to Cylinder Port #4 and energizing the "12" operator connects Port #1 to Cylinder Port #2. For the following special applications, additional piping considerations are required. EXTERNL PILOT PPLICTIONS* - n External Pilot Supply is only required when the main valve pressure is less than 1.8 RS on single operators (soleneoid or remote air) or 0.7 RS on double solenoid valves only. In these cases, use an External Pilot model and supply a minimum of 1.8 RS for single operators or a minimum of 0.7 RS for double solenoid valves to either the "14" or "12" External Pilot Port of the valve base. VCUUM PPLICTIONS - Use an External Pilot model as described above and also connect the vacuum source to Port #3 & 5 and leave Port#1 open to atmosphere on single pressure models. On two pressure models, reverse the single pressure piping. SELECTOR PPLICTIONS - Use an External Pilot Model as described above if both pressures are below the minimum, otherwise use an Internal Pilot model and connect the higher pressure to Port #1 and the lower pressure to either Port #3 or 5 depending on which Cylinder Port is to be active. TWO PRESSURE PPLICTIONS - For Internal Pilot models specify the model number for connecting either port #3 or 5, whichever is to be the higher pressure, to the Internal Pilot supply. For external Pilot models, pipe as described above for "External Pilot pplication." *Note: 1ar = 14.5 PSIG 162

162 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series ISO 2 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting & Manifold mounting Series 5/2-5/3 3/8-1/2 3.0 C v valve only operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Single pressure valves Pilot air 5/2 Single operator 5/2 Double operator 5/3 Closed center 5/3 Open center Internal External MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ 45 Dual pressure valves Pilot air 5/2 Single operator 5/2 Double operator 5/3 Pressure center Internal port MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ 900 Internal port 5 External MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ 82 SOLENOID OPERTOR XX Y ZZ * XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ Electrical connection /60, 110/50 1 Non-locking J Rectangular connector /60, 220/50 2 Locking JD Rectangular connector with light 22 24/60, 24/50 J Square connector VDC (2.5 W) JC Square connector with light VDC (17.1 W) Flying leads (18 ) VDC (8.5 W) Note : Photo shown with JC connector. * Other options available, see page 357. Note : ISO valves are delivered w/o base. See page 281 for base code. o p t i o n s MV PM-XXYZZ - For CNOMO pilot, consult factory. - For universal spool replace by 6 (2 position, sgl. pressure valves only) - For use with single pressure sandwich regulator, replace by ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

163 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series ISO 2 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/8" : (3.0 C v ), 1/2" : (3.0 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 10 ms De-energize : 15 ms 120/60 Energize : 6-15 ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) DIVIDUL SE 102,4 MNIFOLD SE 102,4 1/8 ISO 2 Manifold mounting EXTERNL PILOT 3,8 TYPE J & JC ,0 60,0 42,0 23,0 32,0 1/8 OPTIONL PILOT EXHUST 119,7 131,5 54,0 20,0 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT ,0 34,0 1/2-3 PORTS ECH SIDE 39,0 42,0 50,5 135,6 147,7 1/8 OPTIONL PILOT EXHUST J & JD ISO 2 Individual mounting ,0 16,0 12,0 3 88,0 36, ,0 75,0 16,0 7,5 DI. THRU 2 MTG. HOLES 14,0 14,5 32,0 30,0 70,0 26,0 23,0 34, ,5 DI. 2 MTG. HOLES 7,0 9,0 30,5 52,0 64,0 ± 0,2 TYPE J & JC ,0 62,0 98,0 112,0 OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 112,0 139,0 J & JD

164 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series ISO 3 Individual mounting Series valve only Manifold mounting 35 valve only 100 ir/spring return External pilot port onded flow seal spool Pilot air accumulator Manual operator series features Fastest available response time with patented Macsolenoid. No-stick operation is ensured by wiping action of unique MC spool/bore combination. alanced poppet pilot valve for high flow, precise repeatability, and consistent operation. Large spool piston for high shifting force even at minimum operating pressure ir/spring return for consistent shifting on single solenoid models. Patented virtually burn-out proof C solenoid. Optional low wattage DC solenoids down to 1.0 watt. Various manual operators & electrical connectors are available. Muffled or threaded pilot exhaust ports. Internal of external pilot models available ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

165 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series ISO 3 VLVE CONFIGURTIONS VILLE 2-Pos., single or double operators (solenoid or remote air). Single or dual pressure. 3-Pos., double operator-closed center, open center or pressure center (solenoid or remote air). Individual base. Internal pilot or external pilot (including a common external pilot or manifold models). Side porting and bottom porting options. *International Standards Organization ISO Common ase Interface (ISO Std. 5599/1) SPECIL PPLICTION STRUCTIONS : On all models, energizing the "14" operator (solenoid or remote air) connects Port #1 to Cylinder Port #4 and energizing the "12" operator connects Port #1 to Cylinder Port #2. For the following special applications, additional piping considerations are required. EXTERNL PILOT PPLICTIONS* - n External Pilot Supply is only required when the main valve pressure is less than 1.8 RS on single operators (soleneoid or remote air) or 0.7 RS on double solenoid valves only. In these cases, use an External Pilot model and supply a minimum of 1.8 RS for single operators or a minimum of 0.7 RS for double solenoid valves to either the "14" or "12" External Pilot Port of the valve base. VCUUM PPLICTIONS - Use an External Pilot model as described above and also connect the vacuum source to Port #3 & 5 and leave Port#1 open to atmosphere on single pressure models. On two pressure models, reverse the single pressure piping. SELECTOR PPLICTIONS - Use an External Pilot Model as described above if both pressures are below the minimum, otherwise use an Internal Pilot model and connect the higher pressure to Port #1 and the lower pressure to either Port #3 or 5 depending on which Cylinder Port is to be active. TWO PRESSURE PPLICTIONS - For Internal Pilot models specify the model number for connecting either port #3 or 5, whichever is to be the higher pressure, to the Internal Pilot supply. For external Pilot models, pipe as described above for "External Pilot pplication." *Note: 1ar = 14.5 PSIG 166

166 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series ISO 3 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting & Manifold mounting Series 5/2-5/3 1/2-3/4 6.3 C v valve only operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. 8. Long service life. how to order Single pressure valves Pilot air 5/2 Single operator 5/2 Double operator 5/3 Closed center 5/3 Open center Internal External MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ 45 Dual pressure valves Pilot air 5/2 Single operator /2 Double operator /3 Pressure center Internal port 3 Internal port 5 External SOLENOID OPERTOR MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ * Other options available, see page 357. Note : ISO valves are delivered w/o base. See page 281 for base code. o p t i o n s XX Y ZZ * MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ XX Voltage Y Manual operator ZZ /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) 1 Non-locking 2 Locking MV PM-XXYZZ - For CNOMO pilot, consult factory. - For universal spool replace by 6 (2 position, sgl. pressure valves only) - For use with single pressure sandwich regulator, replace by MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ MV PM-XXYZZ Electrical connection J Rectangular connector JD Rectangular connector with light J Square connector JC Square connector with light Flying leads (18 ) Note : Photo shown with JC connector ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

167 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series ISO 3 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Response times : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/2" : (6.3 C v ), 3/4" : (6.3 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W 24 VDC (8.5 W) Energize : 18 ms De-energize : 20 ms 120/60 Energize : ms De-energize : ms Spare parts : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : Check valve : (+M-00011). dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 119,9 136,2 124, ,0 33,0 27, ,5 55,0 22,0 45,0 45,0 20,5 20,5 ISO 3 Individual mounting 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT 49,0 49,0 168,0 15,0 140,0 35,0 17,5 70,0 Ø 8,3 MTG. HOLES TYPE 32, ,5 J & JC J & JD ,0 21,0 15, ,0 49,0 78,0 156,0 79,0 OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 168

168 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series MC 125 Individual mounting Series valve only Manifold mounting 35 valve only ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

169 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series MC 125 The MC 125 series is designed to interface with the Ford/Chrysler standard base. This series is available in the following configurations: single or double solenoid 2 or 3 position single or dual pressure with or without indicator lights various electrical connections and manual operations Valves and bases must be ordered separately. These may be assembled prior to shipping by adding the suffix -9 after the valve code. EXMPLE: MC 125-V11-PM-111D-9 MC SPECIL PPLICTION STRUCTIONS The '' cylinder port is normally open. On a spring return valve, the spring is the '' operator, the solenoid the '' operator. Energizing the '' operator pressurizes the '' port; energizing the '' operator pressurizes the '' port. EXTERNL PILOT PPLICTIONS n external pilot supply is only required when the main valve pressure is less than 25 psi on single solenoid or 3 position valves and less than 10 psi on double solenoid 2 position valves. Pipe the external pilot supply to the External Pilot Port supplied in the valve base or manifold. VCUUM PPLICTIONS (2-Pos. Valves Only) - Use an External Pilot model as described above and also connect the vacuum source to the Exhaust Port and leave the Inlet Port open to atmosphere. The Inlet port may be connected to a pressure source to provide a selector application (vacuum/pressure). SELECTOR PPLICTIONS Use an External Pilot Model as described above if both pressures are below the minimum, otherwise use an Internal Pilot Model and connect the higher pressure to the Inlet Port and the lower to Port E or E depending on which cylinder port is to be active. FORD CHRYSLER RED RED/WHITE RED/WHITE RED/LCK SOL 3 SOL SOL 3 SOL RED/YELLOW 2 GREEN 4 RED/LCK RED 2 GREEN 4 RED/YELLOW 4 P CONNECTOR : SGLE 4 P CONNECTOR : DOULE ROWN ROWN WHITE LUE LCK SOL SOL WHITE LUE LCK SOL 170

170 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series MC 125 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting & Manifold mounting Series 5/2-5/3 1/4-3/8 2.5 C v valve only operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Single pressure valves (with lights) Electrical connector Pilot air 5/2 Single operator 5/2 Double operator 5/3 Closed center 5/3 Open center P (Ford wired) Internal External E P E MC125-V12-PM-XXY-D MC125-V14-PM-XXY-D E P E MC125-V22-PM-XXY-D MC125-V24-PM-XXY-D E P E MC125-V52-PM-XXY-D MC125-V54-PM-XXY-D E P E MC125-V62-PM-XXY-D MC125-V64-PM-XXY-D 45 5 P Internal MC125-V12-PM-XXY-D MC125-V22-PM-XXY-D MC125-V52-PM-XXY-D MC125-V62-PM-XXY-D (Chrysler wired) External MC125-V14-PM-XXY-D MC125-V24-PM-XXY-D MC125-V54-PM-XXY-D MC125-V64-PM-XXY-D 4 P MICRO Internal External MC125-V1G2-PM-XXY-D MC125-V1G4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V2G2-PM-XXY-D MC125-V2G4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V5G2-PM-XXY-D MC125-V5G4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V6G2-PM-XXY-D MC125-V6G4-PM-XXY-D P (Ford wired) 5 P MICRO Internal External Internal MC125-V1E2-PM-XXY-D MC125-V1E4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V1F2-PM-XXY-D MC125-V2E2-PM-XXY-D MC125-V2E4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V2F2-PM-XXY-D MC125-V5E2-PM-XXY-D MC125-V5E4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V5F2-PM-XXY-D MC125-V6E2-PM-XXY-D MC125-V6E4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V6F2-PM-XXY-D 900 (Chrysler wired) External MC125-V1F4-PM-XXY-D Dual pressure valves (with lights) MC125-V2F4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V5F4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V6F4-PM-XXY-D 82 Electrical connector 5 P (Ford wired) 5 P (Chrysler wired) 4 P MICRO 3 P (Ford wired) 5 P MICRO (Chrysler wired) SOLENOID OPERTOR Pilot air External External External External External 5/2 Single operator MC125-V34-PM-XXY-D MC125-V34-PM-XXY-D MC125-V3G4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V3E4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V3F4-PM-XXY-D E P E XX Voltage /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. Note : Valves are supplied without base. For base code see page 291. XX Y D * 171 5/2 Double operator MC125-V44-PM-XXY-D MC125-V44-PM-XXY-D MC125-V4G4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V4E4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V4F4-PM-XXY-D E P E Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking 5/3 Pressure center E P E MC125-V74-PM-XXY-D MC125-V74-PM-XXY-D MC125-V7G4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V7E4-PM-XXY-D MC125-V7F4-PM-XXY-D ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

171 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series MC 125 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" : (2.2 C v ), 3/8" : (2.5 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W Spare parts : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x3) : dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 203,8 DOULE SOLENOID 151,2 SGLE SOLENOID 72,2 EXH 44,2 172

172 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series MC 250 Individual mounting Series valve only Manifold mounting 35 valve only ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

173 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series MC 250 The MC 250 series is designed to interface with the Ford/Chrysler standard base. This series is available in the following configurations: single or double solenoid 2 or 3 position single or dual pressure with or without indicator lights various electrical connections and manual operations Valves and bases must be ordered separately. These may be assembled prior to shipping by adding the suffix -9 after the valve code. EXMPLE: MC 250-V11-PM-111D-9 MC SPECIL PPLICTION STRUCTIONS The '' cylinder port is normally open. On a spring return valve, the spring is the '' operator, the solenoid the '' operator. Energizing the '' operator pressurizes the '' port; energizing the '' operator pressurizes the '' port. EXTERNL PILOT PPLICTIONS n external pilot supply is only required when the main valve pressure is less than 25 psi on single solenoid or 3 position valves and less than 10 psi on double solenoid 2 position valves. Pipe the external pilot supply to the External Pilot Port supplied in the valve base or manifold. VCUUM PPLICTIONS (2-Pos. Valves Only) - Use an External Pilot model as described above and also connect the vacuum source to the Exhaust Port and leave the Inlet Port open to atmosphere. The Inlet port may be connected to a pressure source to provide a selector application (vacuum/pressure). SELECTOR PPLICTIONS Use an External Pilot Model as described above if both pressures are below the minimum, otherwise use an Internal Pilot Model and connect the higher pressure to the Inlet Port and the lower to Port E or E depending on which cylinder port is to be active. FORD CHRYSLER RED RED/WHITE RED/WHITE RED/LCK SOL 3 SOL SOL 3 SOL RED/YELLOW 2 GREEN 4 RED/LCK RED 2 GREEN 4 RED/YELLOW 4 P CONNECTOR : SGLE 4 P CONNECTOR : DOULE ROWN ROWN WHITE LUE LCK SOL SOL WHITE LUE LCK SOL 174

174 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series MC 250 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting & Manifold mounting Series 5/2-5/3 1/2-3/ C v valve only operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Single pressure valves (with lights) Electrical connector Pilot air 5/2 Single operator 5/2 Double operator 5/3 Closed center 5/3 Open center P (Ford wired) Internal External E P E MC250-V12-PM-XXY-D MC250-V14-PM-XXY-D E P E MC250-V22-PM-XXY-D MC250-V24-PM-XXY-D E P E MC250-V52-PM-XXY-D MC250-V54-PM-XXY-D E P E MC250-V62-PM-XXY-D MC250-V64-PM-XXY-D 45 5 P Internal MC250-V12-PM-XXY-D MC250-V22-PM-XXY-D MC250-V52-PM-XXY-D MC250-V62-PM-XXY-D (Chrysler wired) External MC250-V14-PM-XXY-D MC250-V24-PM-XXY-D MC250-V54-PM-XXY-D MC250-V64-PM-XXY-D 4 P MICRO Internal External MC250-V1G2-PM-XXY-D MC250-V1G4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V2G2-PM-XXY-D MC250-V2G4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V5G2-PM-XXY-D MC250-V5G4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V6G2-PM-XXY-D MC250-V6G4-PM-XXY-D P (Ford wired) 5 P MICRO Internal External Internal MC250-V1E2-PM-XXY-D MC250-V1E4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V1F2-PM-XXY-D MC250-V2E2-PM-XXY-D MC250-V2E4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V2F2-PM-XXY-D MC250-V5E2-PM-XXY-D MC250-V5E4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V5F2-PM-XXY-D MC250-V6E2-PM-XXY-D MC250-V6E4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V6F2-PM-XXY-D 900 (Chrysler wired) External MC250-V1F4-PM-XXY-D Dual pressure valves (with lights) MC250-V2F4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V5F4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V6F4-PM-XXY-D 82 Electrical connector 5 P (Ford wired) 5 P (Chrysler wired) 4 P MICRO 3 P (Ford wired) 5 P MICRO (Chrysler wired) SOLENOID OPERTOR Pilot air External External External External External 5/2 Single operator MC250-V34-PM-XXY-D MC250-V34-PM-XXY-D MC250-V3G4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V3E4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V3F4-PM-XXY-D E P E XX Voltage /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. Note : Valves are supplied without base. For base code see page 291. XX Y D * 175 5/2 Double operator MC250-V44-PM-XXY-D MC250-V44-PM-XXY-D MC250-V4G4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V4E4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V4F4-PM-XXY-D E P E Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking 5/3 Pressure center MC250-V74-PM-XXY-D MC250-V74-PM-XXY-D MC250-V7G4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V7E4-PM-XXY-D MC250-V7F4-PM-XXY-D ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

175 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series MC 250 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/2" : (6.3 C v ), 3/4" : (6.4 C v ), 1" : (7.0 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W Spare parts : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x3) : dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 239,8 DOULE SOLENOID 203,9 SGLE SOLENOID 93,3 EXH 64,0 176

176 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series MC 500 Individual mounting Series valve only ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

177 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series MC 500 The MC 500 series is designed to interface with the Ford/Chrysler standard base. This series is available in the following configurations: single or double solenoid 2 or 3 position single or dual pressure with or without indicator lights various electrical connections and manual operations Valves and bases must be ordered separately. These may be assembled prior to shipping by adding the suffix -9 after the valve code. EXMPLE: MC 500-V11-PM-111D-9 MC SPECIL PPLICTION STRUCTIONS The '' cylinder port is normally open. On a spring return valve, the spring is the '' operator, the solenoid the '' operator. Energizing the '' operator pressurizes the '' port; energizing the '' operator pressurizes the '' port. EXTERNL PILOT PPLICTIONS n external pilot supply is only required when the main valve pressure is less than 25 psi on single solenoid or 3 position valves and less than 10 psi on double solenoid 2 position valves. Pipe the external pilot supply to the External Pilot Port supplied in the valve base or manifold. VCUUM PPLICTIONS (2-Pos. Valves Only) - Use an External Pilot model as described above and also connect the vacuum source to the Exhaust Port and leave the Inlet Port open to atmosphere. The Inlet port may be connected to a pressure source to provide a selector application (vacuum/pressure). SELECTOR PPLICTIONS Use an External Pilot Model as described above if both pressures are below the minimum, otherwise use an Internal Pilot Model and connect the higher pressure to the Inlet Port and the lower to Port E or E depending on which cylinder port is to be active. FORD CHRYSLER RED RED/WHITE RED/WHITE RED/LCK SOL 3 SOL SOL 3 SOL RED/YELLOW 2 GREEN 4 RED/LCK RED 2 GREEN 4 RED/YELLOW 4 P CONNECTOR : SGLE 4 P CONNECTOR : DOULE ROWN ROWN WHITE LUE LCK SOL SOL WHITE LUE LCK SOL 178

178 D i r e c t s o l e n o i d a n d s o l e n o i d p i l o t o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series MC 500 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 5/2-5/ / C v valve only operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. High shifting forces. 4. Checked accumulator guarantees maximum pilot pressure 5. Powerful return force thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 6. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 7. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 8. Pilot valve with balanced poppet, high flow, short and consistent response times. how to order Single pressure valves (with lights) Electrical connector Pilot air 5/2 Single operator 5/2 Double operator 5/3 Closed center 5/3 Open center P (Ford wired) 5 P (Chrysler wired) 4 P MICRO 3 P (Ford wired) 5 P MICRO (Chrysler wired) Internal External Internal External Internal External Internal External Internal External E P E MC500-V12-PM-XXY-D MC500-V14-PM-XXY-D MC500-V12-PM-XXY-D MC500-V14-PM-XXY-D MC500-V1G2-PM-XXY-D MC500-V1G4-PM-XXY-D MC500-V1E2-PM-XXY-D MC500-V1E4-PM-XXY-D MC500-V1F2-PM-XXY-D MC500-V1F4-PM-XXY-D Dual pressure valves (with lights) Electrical connector 5 P (Ford wired) 5 P (Chrysler wired) 4 P MICRO 3 P (Ford wired) 5 P MICRO (Chrysler wired) SOLENOID OPERTOR Pilot air External External External External External E P E MC500-V22-PM-XXY-D MC500-V24-PM-XXY-D MC500-V22-PM-XXY-D MC500-V24-PM-XXY-D MC500-V2G2-PM-XXY-D MC500-V2G4-PM-XXY-D MC500-V2E2-PM-XXY-D MC500-V2E4-PM-XXY-D MC500-V2F2-PM-XXY-D MC500-V2F4-PM-XXY-D 5/2 Single operator MC500-V34-PM-XXY-D MC500-V34-PM-XXY-D MC500-V3G4-PM-XXY-D MC500-V3E4-PM-XXY-D MC500-V3F4-PM-XXY-D E P E XX Voltage /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 24/ VDC (2.5 W) VDC (17.1 W) VDC (8.5 W) * Other options available, see page 357. Note : Valves are supplied without base. For base code see page 291. XX Y D * 179 E P E MC500-V52-PM-XXY-D MC500-V54-PM-XXY-D MC500-V52-PM-XXY-D MC500-V54-PM-XXY-D MC500-V5G2-PM-XXY-D MC500-V5G4-PM-XXY-D MC500-V5E2-PM-XXY-D MC500-V5E4-PM-XXY-D MC500-V5F2-PM-XXY-D MC500-V5F4-PM-XXY-D 5/2 Double operator MC500-V44-PM-XXY-D MC500-V44-PM-XXY-D MC500-V4G4-PM-XXY-D MC500-V4E4-PM-XXY-D MC500-V4F4-PM-XXY-D E P E Y Manual operator 1 Non-locking 2 Locking E P E MC500-V62-PM-XXY-D MC500-V64-PM-XXY-D MC500-V62-PM-XXY-D MC500-V64-PM-XXY-D MC500-V6G2-PM-XXY-D MC500-V6G4-PM-XXY-D MC500-V6E2-PM-XXY-D MC500-V6E4-PM-XXY-D MC500-V6F2-PM-XXY-D MC500-V6F4-PM-XXY-D ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 MC 125 MC 250 MC 500

179 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series MC 500 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Pilot pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Coil : Voltage range : Protection : Power : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Internal pilot : single operator and 3 positions : PSI double operator : PSI External pilot : vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : PSI Double operator : PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1" : (11.0 C v ), 1 1/4" : (11.2 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Epoxy encapsulated - class wires - Continuous duty -15% to +10% of nominal voltage Consult factory Inrush : 14.8 V Holding : 10.9 V = 1 to 17.1 W Spare parts : Solenoid operator (power 4 W) : D1-XX, cover mounting screws and seal Pilot valve : PME-XXYZZ, including seal Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x3) : dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 253,8 DOULE SOLENOID 225,8 SGLE SOLENOID 114,5 EXH 79,3 180

180 S e c t i o n 2 Remote air valves 181

181 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Function Port size Flow (Max) 3/2-2/2 3/2-2/2 3/2-2/2 3/2-2/2 3/2-2/2 3/2-2/2 3/2-2/2 4/2 4/2 4/2 4/2-4/3 4/2-4/3 4/2-4/3 4/2-4/3 4/2-4/3 4/2-4/3 5/2-5/3 5/2-5/3 5/2-5/3 5/2-5/3 1/8-1/4 1/8 1/4-3/8 3/8-1/2-3/4 1/2-3/ /4-1 1/ /2 1/8-1/4 1/8-1/4 1/8-1/4 1/8-1/4-3/8 1/4-3/8 1/4-3/8-1/2 3/8-1/2-3/4 3/4-1 3/ /4-1 1/2 1/4 1/4-3/8 3/8-1/2 1/2-3/ C v 0.18 C v 2.5 C v 6.2 C v 17.4 C v 33.5 C v 65.0 C v 0.7 C v 0.8 C v 1.4 C v 1.35 C v 1.35 C v 3.0 C v 5.1 C v 9.6 C v 15.9 C v 1.4 C v 1.6 C v 3.0 C v 6.3 C v 182

182 Individual mounting Manifold mounting Series Inline sub-base valve only stacking sub-base valve only P. 187 P. 193 P. 197 P. 201 P. 205 P. 209 P. 213 P. 215 P P. 219 P. 221 P. 225 P P. 253 P. 231 P. 237 P. 243 P. 249 P. 257 P. 261 P. 265 P. 233 P. 239 P. 245 P. 257 P ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 183

183

184 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 1100 Individual mounting Series Inline Manifold mounting 1100 sub-base ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 185

185

186 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 1100 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/8" - 1/4" 0.18 C v Inline operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. Powerful return spring. 4. Maximum shifting forces how to order 59 Port size Universal valve NC only valve /8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF ir pilot port : 1/8 NPTF ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 187

187 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 1100 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI 20 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) 0.18 C v 100 cm 3 /min Options : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 24,6 Ø 5 mm #2 #1 17,8 33,8 22,0 G #3 C D 4, H 24,9 21,2 Ø 4,4 22,2 33,0 Port size C D G H 1/ /

188 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 1100 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/8" 0.18 C v sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced poppet, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. Powerful return spring. 4. Maximum shifting forces how to order 59 Port size Universal valve NC only valve CYL CYL 700 EXH EXH Valve less base Sub-base 1/8 NPTF ir pilot port : 1/8" NPTF. End plate kit (1/4" ports) : o p t i o n s 82 11X Replace by 2 for 2-way normally closed. - Replace by 4 for 2-way normally open ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 189

189 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 1100 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI 20 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 140 F (-18 C to 60 C) 1/8 : (0.18 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Function plate : Pressure seal between bases : Tie-rod (x2) : SPP threads. dimensions 1/8 CYL. PORT Dimensions shown are metric (mm) OPTIONL 1/8 OTTOM PORTS 1/4 LET & EXHUST PORTS MT G SLOT Ø 6,6 MX. 190

190 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 55 Individual mounting Series Inline ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 191

191

192 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 55 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/4" - 3/8" 2.5 C v Inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size ir spring NC valve NO valve CYL CYL 700 EXH EXH 1/4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF Internal R R R R 900 1/4 NPTF External RE RE 3/8 NPTF ir pilot port : 1/8 NPTF RE RE 82 Note: Designation RE required on remote air pilot models with main valve pressures of vacuum to 25 PSI. RE provides an external pilot port and should have a pressure range of PSI. Since the external pilot supplies the air spring, it must not exceed the remote air pilot signal pressure ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 193

193 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 55 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI PSI main valve pressure Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4 : (2.5 C v ), 3/8" : (2.5 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operator : R Check valve : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 1/8 PILOT PORT 19,5 LET & CYL. PORTS EXH. PORT. 3/8 2 MTG. HOLES Ø 6,6 63,5 71, ,0 43,7 26,0 23,5 44,5 29,5 56,0 46,0 194

194 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 56 Individual mounting Series Inline ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 195

195

196 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 56 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 3/8" - 1/2" - 3/4" 6.2 C v Inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size ir spring NC valve NO valve CYL CYL 700 EX EX 3/8 NPTF 1/2 NPTF Internal 56C-52-R 56C-53-R 56C-82-R 56C-83-R 900 3/4 NPTF 56C-57-R 56C-87-R 3/8 NPTF 1/2 NPTF External 56C-52-RE 56C-53-RE 56C-82-RE 56C-83-RE 82 3/4 NPTF 56C-57-RE 56C-87-RE ir pilot port : 1/8 NPTF. Note: Designation RE required on remote air pilot models with main valve pressures of vacuum to 25 PSI. RE provides an external pilot port and should have a pressure range of PSI. Since the external pilot supplies the air spring, it must not exceed the remote air pilot signal pressure ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 197

197 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 56 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI PSI main valve pressure Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/8 : (6.0 C v ), 1/2" : (6.1 C v ), 3/4" : (6.2 C v ) 140 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operator : R Check valve : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 37,5 1/8 REMOTE PILOT Ø 8,6 MOUNTG HOLES PILOT EXHUST OR REMOTE PILOT 3 102,5 80,0 64, ,6 26,3 35,5 28,6 39,0 57,2 73,5 EXHUST PORT 3/4 76,0 38,0 198

198 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 57 Individual mounting Series Inline ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 199

199

200 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 57 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/2" - 3/4" - 1" 17.4 C v Inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size ir spring NC valve NO valve CYL CYL 700 EX EX 1/2 NPTF 3/4 NPTF Internal 57D-51-R 57D-52-R 57D-81-R 57D-82-R NPTF 57D-53-R 57D-83-R 1/2 NPTF 3/4 NPTF External 57D-51-RE 57D-52-RE 57D-81-RE 57D-82-RE 82 1 NPTF 57D-53-RE 57D-83-RE ir pilot port : 1/8 NPTF. Note: Designation RE required on remote air pilot models with main valve pressures of vacuum to 25 PSI. RE provides an external pilot port and should have a pressure range of PSI. Since the external pilot supplies the air spring, it must not exceed the remote air pilot signal pressure ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 201

201 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 57 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI PSI main valve pressure Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/2 : (11.0 C v ), 3/4" : (15.3 C v ), 1" : (17.4 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air pilot block : R Check valve : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) Ø 8,6 MT G HOLES 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 33,0 1 EXHUST PORT 45,7 LET & CYL. PORTS CYL EXH 143,9 90,4 90,4 61,7 39,7 82,6 54,1 112,3 96,8 42,7 202

202 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 58 Individual mounting Series Inline ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 203

203

204 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 58 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1" - 1 1/4" - 1 1/2" 33.5 C v Inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size ir spring NC valve NO valve CYL CYL 700 EX EX 1 NPTF 1 1/4 NPTF Internal 58D-51-R 58D-52-R 58D-81-R 58D-82-R /2 NPTF 58D-53-R 58D-83-R 1 NPTF 1 1/4 NPTF External 58D-51-RE 58D-52-RE 58D-81-RE 58D-82-RE /2 NPTF 58D-53-RE 58D-83-RE ir pilot port : 1/8 NPTF. Note: Designation RE required on remote air pilot models with main valve pressures of vacuum to 25 PSI. RE provides an external pilot port and should have a pressure range of PSI. Since the external pilot supplies the air spring, it must not exceed the remote air pilot signal pressure ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 205

205 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 58 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI PSI main valve pressure Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1 : (31.2 C v ), 1 1/4" : (32.5 C v ), 1 1/2" : (33.5 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air pilot block : R Check valve : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) Ø 13,5 MT G HOLES 33,0 1 1/2 NPSM EXHUST PORT 50,8 1/8 REMOTE PILOT LET & CYL. PORTS CYL EXH 178,7 114,3 124,7 84,1 57,7 118,4 70,3 143,7 116,1 47,8 206

206 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 59 Individual mounting Series Inline ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 207

207

208 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 59 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 2-2 1/2" 65.0 C v Inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size ir spring NC valve CYL 700 EX 2 NPTF 2 1/2 NPTF Internal R R NPTF External RE 2 1/2 NPTF ir pilot port : 1/8 NPTF RE 82 Note: Designation RE required on remote air pilot models with main valve pressures of vacuum to 25 PSI. RE provides an external pilot port and should have a pressure range of PSI. Since the external pilot supplies the air spring, it must not exceed the remote air pilot signal pressure ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 209

209 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 59 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI PSI main valve pressure Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 2 : (60.0 C v ), 2 1/2" : (65.0 C v ) 300 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air pilot block : R Check valve : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) Ø 13,5 MT G HOLES 33,0 2 1/2 NPSM EXHUST PORT 84,8 1/8 REMOTE PILOT LET & CYL. PORTS CYL EXH 240,3 155,4 174,5 111,0 77,8 155,6 100,3 200,7 157,5 67,3 210

210 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 700 Individual mounting Series Inline Manifold mounting 1100 stacking ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 211

211

212 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 700 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2 1/8" - 1/4" 0.7 C v Inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size Single operator Double operator 700 EX EX 1/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF 711C-11-R 711C-12-R 721C-11-R 721C-12-R 900 How to order valve with flow CONTROLs Port size Single operator Double operator 82 EX EX /8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF 712C-11-R 712C-12-R 722C-11-R 722C-12-R 6500 ir pilot port : 1/8 NPTF ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 213

213 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 700 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator : 20 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8" : (0.6 C v ), 1/4" : (0.7 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operator : R Valve cover plate with integral flow controls : N SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 36,8 2 MTG. HOLES Ø 6,5 19,0 10,5 59,0 41,5 EX PILOT 5,5 41,0 30,0 7,3 16,8 EX 7,3 9,5 75,5 1/8 REMOTE PILOT PORT 19,0 8,5 89,5 PORT SIZE 1/8 1/

214 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 700 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2 1/8" - 1/4" 0.8 C v stacking operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size Single operator Double operator 700 EX EX 1/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF 713C-11-R 713C-12-R 723C-11-R 723C-12-R 900 How to order valve with flow CONTROLs Port size Single operator Double operator 82 EX EX /8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF 714C-11-R 714C-12-R 724C-11-R 724C-12-R 6500 End plate kit (Port size 1/4") : M , internal pilot. M , external pilot. ir pilot port : 1/8 NPTF ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 215

215 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 700 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator : 20 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8" : (0.7 C v ), 1/4" : (0.8 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operator : R Valve cover plate with integral flow controls : N Pressure seal between valves : Tie-rod (x2) : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) Ø 3,3 36,8 76,3 58,9 42,5 19,5 8,0 1/4 LET EX 44,8 75,5 3/8 EXHUST SGLE REMOTE 27,0 17,5 30,0 12,5 PILOT PILOT 22,0 5,5 1/8 REMOTE PILOT PORT 89,5 DOULE REMOTE 43,0 216

216 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 900 Individual mounting Series Inline Manifold mounting 1100 stacking ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 217

217

218 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 900 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2 1/8" - 1/4" 1.4 C v Inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size Single operator Double operator 700 EX EX 1/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF 911-R 912-R 921-R 922-R 900 ir pilot port : 1/8 NPTF ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 219

219 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 900 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator : 25 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8" : (0.8 C v ), 1/4" : (1.2 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operator (single operator) : R Remote air operator ( double operator) : R SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 1/8 REMOTE PILOT CYL CYL 43,4 21,0 EXH 15,0 26,0 7,5 EXH 7,5 45,0 15,0 220

220 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 900 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2 1/8" - 1/4" 1.4 C v stacking operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size Single operator Double operator 700 EX EX 1/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF 913-R 914-R 923-R 924-R 900 ir pilot port : 1/8 NPTF. Manifold fastening kit (3/8" NPTF) : M ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 221

221 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 900 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator : 25 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8" : (0.8 C v ), 1/4" : (1.2 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operator (single operator) : R Remote air operator (double operator) : R Pressure seal between valves : Tie-rod (x2) : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 3/8 LET & EXH Ø 6,4 MTG. SLOT 222

222 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 82 Individual mounting Series sub-base Manifold mounting 1100 sub-base ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 223

223

224 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 82 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 1/8" - 1/4" - 3/8" 1.35 C v sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center 700 EX EX EX EX EX Valve less base Sub-base 1/8 NPTF R 82---R R 82--D-R 82-E-000-R 82-E-D-R 82-F-000-R 82-F-D-R 82-G-000-R 82-G-D-R 900 Sub-base 1/4 NPTF 82---R 82--D-R 82-E-D-R 82-F-D-R 82-G-D-R Sub-base 3/8 NPTF o p t i o n s 82--C-R 82--CD-R 82-E-CD-R 82-F-CD-R 82-G-CD-R R - For dual pressure valves, replace by C, by D, E by M, F by L, G by H ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 225

225 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 82 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 25 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8" : (0.9 C v ), 1/4" : (1.3 C v ), 3/8" : (1.35 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air adapter assy.: R SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 80,0 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT PORT P- P- 34,0 32,0 EXH 17,0 12,0 11,3 27,5 22,0 15,0 81,0 55,0 17,0 CYL CYL 30,5 EX P P- C L C L C L 12,5 43,0 21,5 Ø 5,3 5,0 27,5 26,0 OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 19,0 8,5 226

226 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 82 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2-4/3 1/4" - 3/8" 1.35 C v sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center 700 EX EX EX EX EX Valve less base Internal only TM-R TM-R11 82-E-000-TM-R11 82-F-000-TM-R11 82-G-000-TM-R Sub-base Internal 82--K-TM-R K-TM-R11 82-E-K-TM-R11 82-F-K-TM-R11 82-G-K-TM-R11 1/4 NPTF Sub-base External Internal 82--KD-TM-R CK-TM-R KD-TM-R CK-TM-R11 82-E-KD-TM-R11 82-E-CK-TM-R11 82-F-KD-TM-R11 82-F-CK-TM-R11 82-G-KD-TM-R11 82-G-CK-TM-R /8 NPTF External 82--CKD-TM-R CKD-TM-R11 82-E-CKD-TM-R11 82-F-CKD-TM-R11 82-G-CKD-TM-R11 o p t i o n s TM-R11 - For dual pressure valves, replace by C, by D, E by M, F by L, G by H. Manifold fastening kit : N ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 227

227 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 82 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 25 to 150 PSI Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" : (1.3 C v ), 3/8" : (1.35 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operated pilot : TM-R11. SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 174,7 DOULE 174,7 DOULE 164,2 SGLE 164,2 SGLE 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 1 1/4 NPSM 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 9,0 EXH COND 126,2 46,0 28,0 27,0 EXH COND 1/8 (OPTION) 17,5 32,0 59,0 26,5 47,0 164,2 3/8 6,5 96,0 4,5 23,0 12,0 CYL CYL 37,0 22,5 46,0 ± 0,2 23,0 18,5 32,0 59,0 2 Ø 5,3 18,5 CYL EXT PILOT 1/8 105,2 36,0 126,2 60,5 EXH 16,0 CYL COND 16 14,0 18,5 46,0 228

228 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 6300 Individual mounting Series sub-base Manifold mounting 1100 sub-base ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 229

229

230 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 6300 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 1/4" - 3/8" - 1/2" 3.0 C v sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 700 EX EX EX EX Valve less base Sub-base 1/4 NPTF 6312D-000-R 6312D-131-R 6322D-000-R 6322D-141-R 6332D-000-R 6332D-141-R 6342D-000-R 6342D-141-R 900 Sub-base 3/8 NPTF 6312D-231-R 6322D-241-R 6332D-241-R 6342D-241-R Sub-base 1/2 NPTF options 6312D-331-R 6322D-341-R 6332D-341-R 6342D-341-R D-131-R - For bottom ports (excluding 1/2"), replace by ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 231

231 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6300 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 25 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" : (2.0 C v ), 3/8" : (2.6 C v ), 1/2" : (3.0 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operator ( side) : R Remote air operator ( side) : R Seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 96,0 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 108,1 EXH 32,0 5,2 DI. - THRU TYP. (2) 16,0 32,0 TYP. (2) 16,0 15,0 5,0 50,0 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 26,5 TYP. (2) 60,0 232

232 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 6300 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2-4/3 1/4" - 3/8" - 1/2" 3.0 C v sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 700 EX EX EX EX Valve less base Sub-base 1/4 NPTF 6312D-000-R 6312D-431-R 6322D-000-R 6322D-441-R 6332D-000-R 6332D-441-R 6342D-000-R 6342D-441-R 900 Sub-base 3/8 NPTF 6312D-531-R 6322D-541-R 6332D-541-R 6342D-541-R Sub-base 1/2 NPTF options 6312D-631-R 6322D-641-R 6332D-641-R 6342D-641-R D-431-R - For bottom cylinder ports, replace by Fastening kit : N ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 233

233 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6300 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 25 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" : (2.0 C v ), 3/8" : (2.6 C v ), 1/2" : (3.0 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operator ( side) : R Remote air operator ( side) : R Seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : Tie-rod (x2) : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 12,0 69,9 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 40,0 25,4 11,3 CYL CYL 15,0 21,5 51,0 6,5 CYL CYL 27,0 15,5 EXH 99,4 COND PILOT 35,5 43,5 25,4 G3/8 68,4 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 91,0 2 Ø 6,6 45,4 1/2 101,1 234

234 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 6500 Individual mounting Series sub-base Manifold mounting 1100 sub-base ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 235

235

236 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 6500 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/8" - 1/2" - 3/4" 5.1 C v sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center 700 EX EX EX EX EX Valve less base R R R R R 900 Sub-base 3/8 NPTF R R R R R Sub-base 1/2 NPTF Sub-base 3/4 NPTF R R R R R R R R R R 82 o p t i o n s R Dual pressure valves : replace by 4. (excluding 3/4 base) ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 237

237 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6500 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 25 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/8" : (4.5 C v ), 1/2" : (5.0 C v ), 3/4" : (5.1 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Remote air operator : R Seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : Options : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) SGLE 116,5 2 Ø 6,7 DOULE 112,2 101,6 /2 CYL EXH CYL 20,6 41,3 29,7 59,4 J G EXH H 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 17,3 34,9 1/8 REMOTE PILOT F E 67,3 PORT SIZE E F G H J 3/8 & 1/ /

238 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 6500 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/8" - 1/2" - 3/4" 5.1 C v sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center 700 EX EX EX EX EX Valve less base R R R R R 900 Sub-base 3/8 NPTF R R R R R Sub-base 1/2 NPTF Sub-base 3/4 NPTF R R R R R R R R R R 82 o p t i o n s R For dual pressure valves, replace by 4. Fastening kit : N ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 239

239 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6500 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 25 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/8" : (4.5 C v ), 1/2" : (5.0 C v ), 3/4" : (5.1 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operator : R Seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : Tie-rod (x2) : SPP threads. dimensions 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 2 Ø 6,7 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 42,3 60,0 79,0 16,8 78,0 44,5 CYL CYL 26,5 24,0 89,0 82,0 59,6 5,5 200,3 185,3 1/8 REMOTE PILOT CYL EXH COND. 132,8 61,0 50,5 CYL 22,0 66,0 48,0 20,5 1 3/4 41,5 44,5 34,5 1 1/4 NPSM 240

240 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 6600 Individual mounting Series sub-base Manifold mounting 1100 sub-base ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 241

241

242 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 6600 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/4" - 1" 9.6 C v sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center 700 EX EX EXH EXH EXH Valve less base R R R R R 900 Sub-base 3/4 NPTF R R R R R Sub-base 1 NPTF o p t i o n s R R R R R R Dual pressure valves : replace by ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 243

243 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6600 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 25 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/4" : (9.0 C v ), 1" : (9.6 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operator : R Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 183,4 SGLE & DOULE REMOTE 1/8 PILOT 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 137,4 P- P- 1/2 LET FOR DUL PRESSURE 59,0 37,0 24,0 EXH 60,0 45,0 24,0 60,0 40,0 51,0 49,0 20,0 53,0 15,0 244

244 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 6600 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/4" - 1" 9.6 C v sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order 59 Port size 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center 4/3 Pressure center 700 EX EX EXH EXH EXH Valve less base PM-R PM-R PM-R PM-R PM-R Sub-base 3/4 NPTF PM-R PM-R PM-R PM-R PM-R11 Sub-base 1 NPTF o p t i o n s PM-R PM-R PM-R PM-R PM-R XXX-PM-R11 For dual pressure valves, replace by Fastening kit : N ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 245

245 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 6600 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 25 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/4" : (9.0 C v ), 1" : (9.6 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operator : R Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : Tie-rod (x2) : Remote air pilot : PME-R11. SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 1/8" PILOT 249,7 DOULE SOLENOID 119,9 70,0 CYL 161,4 CYL 60,0 32,0 EXH CONDUIT 40,5 50,5 67,5 81,5 22,0 52,0 50,0 108,0 ± 0,2 1 1/4 LET & EXHUST 12,0 50,0 54,0 129,8 237,8 SGLE SOLENOID 1 NPSM CONDUIT PORT OPTIONL 3/4 & 1 OTTOM CYLDER PORTS VILLE 48,0 42,0 2 MTG HOLES CYL 54,0 129,8 24,0 CYL 129,8 30,0 56,0 169,0 ± 0,1 1 1/4 OTTOM LET PORT - OPTIONL 246

246 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 2700 Individual mounting Series sub-base ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 247

247

248 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 2700 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 4/2-4/3 3/4" - 1" - 1 1/4" - 1 1/2" 15.9 C v sub-base operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order Port size Pilot air 4/2 Single operator 4/2 Double operator 4/3 Closed center 4/3 Open center Valve less base Sub-base 3/4 NPTF 2701G G-1 EX EX EX EX 900 Sub-base 1 NPTF Sub-base 1 1/4 NPTF Sub-base 1 1/2 NPTF Internal 2731G G G-1 82 Valve less base Sub-base 3/4 NPTF Sub-base 1 NPTF Sub-base 1 1/4 NPTF Sub-base 1 1/2 NPTF External 2701G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 249

249 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 2700 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 25 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/4" : (11.5 C v ), 1" : (13.4 C v ), 1 1/4" : (15.4 C v ), 1 1/2" : (15.9 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air end plate : R Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw valve to base (x4) : SPP threads. dimensions 1/8 EXT. PILOT SUPPLY 206,2 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) C "P-" D EXH "P-" 17,5 E 158,8 CYL CYL PORT SIZE C D E 76,2 63,5 3/4 NPTF NPTF 1 1/4 NPTF 1 1/2 NPTF x Ø 10.4 MTG. HOLES EXH OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 3/4 250

250 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 1800 Individual mounting Series Inline ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 251

251

252 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series 1800 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 5/2-5/3 1/4" 1.4 C v Inline operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate how to order Port size 5/2 Single operator 3 2 5/2 Double operator 3 2 5/3 Closed center 2 3 5/3 Open center 2 3 5/3 Pressure center /4 NPTF ir pilot port : 1/8 NPTF Options : Side pilot port : replace code 0003 by 0010 (2 positions valves only) ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 253

253 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 1800 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 200 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 20 to 150 PSI Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" - 3/8 : (1.4 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Remote air operator (2 positions) : Remote air operator (3 positions) : SPP threads. 3/8 ports (ports 1, 2 &3 - MOD required). dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 50, ,7 1/8 47, ,4 63,5 26, OPER. OPER. 0,51 1/8 30,0 25,4 0,98 1, OPER. 254

254 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series ISO 1 Individual mounting Series valve only Manifold mounting 1100 sub-base ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 255

255

256 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series ISO 1 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting & Manifold mounting Series 5/2-5/3 1/4" - 3/8" 1.6 C v valve only operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate. how to order Single pressure valves ir spring 5/2 Single operator /2 Double operator /3 Closed center /3 Open center Internal MV-1C External MV-1C-121 MV-1C-221 MV-1C-322 MV-1C-321 Dual pressure valves ir spring 5/2 Single operator /2 Double operator /3 Pressure center Internal port 3 Internal port 5 External MV-1C-131 MV-1C-135 MV-1C MV-1C MV-1C Note : ISO valves are delivered w/o base. See page 281 for base code ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 257

257 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series ISO 1 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 20 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" - 3/8 : (1.6 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Remote air operator 2 positions : R Remote air operator 3 positions : R Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw body to base (x4) : dimensions DIVIDUL SE MNIFOLD SE Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 3/8 Ø 6,5 2 MTG HOLES Ø 6,3 2 MTG HOLES OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 258

258 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series ISO 2 Individual mounting Series valve only Manifold mounting 1100 sub-base ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 259

259

260 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series ISO 2 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting & Manifold mounting Series 5/2-5/3 3/8" - 1/2" 3.0 C v valve only operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate. how to order Single pressure valves ir spring 5/2 Single operator 5/2 Double operator 5/3 Closed center 5/3 Open center Internal MV External MV MV MV MV Dual pressure valves 82 ir spring 5/2 Single operator /2 Double operator /3 Pressure center Internal port MV Internal port 5 External MV MV MV MV Note : ISO valves are delivered w/o base. See page 281 for base code ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 261

261 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series ISO 2 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 25 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 3/8" - 1/2 : (3.0 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Remote air operator : R Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw body to base (x4) : dimensions SHOWN ON DIVIDUL SE 133,0 SGL. & DL. REMOTE IR Dimensions shown are metric (mm) Dimensions shown are metric (mm) SHOWN ON MNIFOLD SE 133,0 SGL. & DL. REMOTE IR 119, , /8 REMOTE PILOT 3,8 42,0 23,0 32,0 54,0 20,0 39,0 42,0 50,5 32,0 60,0 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 1/2-3 PORTS 34,0 34,0 62,0 16,0 12,0 3 88,0 36, ,0 75,0 16,0 Ø 7,5 2 MTG. HOLES 14,0 14,5 32,0 30,0 70,0 26,0 23,0 34, Ø 6,5 2 MTG. HOLES 7,0 9,0 30,5 52,0 64,0 ± 0,2 7,0 62,0 98,0 112,0 OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 112,0 139,0 262

262 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series ISO 3 Individual mounting Series valve only ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 263

263

264 R e m o t e a i r v a l v e s Series ISO 3 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 5/2-5/3 1/2" - 3/4" 6.3 C v valve only operational benefits 1. alanced spool, immune to variations of pressure. 2. Short stroke with high flow. 3. The piston (booster) provides maximum shifting forces. 4. Powerful return thanks to the combination of mechanical and air springs. 5. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 6. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 7. Low leakage rate. how to order Single pressure valves ir spring 5/2 Single operator 5/2 Double operator 5/3 Closed center 5/3 Open center Internal MV External MV MV MV MV Dual pressure valves 82 ir spring 5/2 Single operator /2 Double operator /3 Pressure center Internal port MV Internal port 5 External MV MV MV MV Note : ISO valves are delivered w/o base. See page 281 for base code ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 265

265 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series ISO 3 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : ir signal pressure : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Single operator and 3 positions : 25 to 150 PSI main valve pressure Double operator : 10 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/2" - 3/4 : (6.3 C v ) 200 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Remote air operator : R Pressure seal between valve and base : Mounting screw body to base (x4) : dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) ,4 46,0 33,0 27,0 45, ,5 20,5 49,0 49,0 45,0 140,0 22,0 43,5 55,0 35,0 17,5 15,0 70,0 Ø 8,3-4 MTG. HOLES 1/8 REMOTE PILOT 168,0 32, ,5 64,0 21, ,0 15,0 49,0 49,0 78,0 156,0 OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 266

266 S e c t i o n 3 Mechanically and manually operated valves 267

267 M e c h a n i c a l l y a n d m a n u a l l y Function Port size Flow (Max) 3/2-2/2 3/2-2/2 5/2-5/3 1/8" - 1/4" 1/8" - 1/4" 1/4" 0.18 C v 0.14 C v 1.35 C v 268

268 o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Individual mounting Manifold mounting Series Inline sub-base P. 273 P. 279 P

269

270 M e c h a n i c a l l y a n d m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 1100 Individual mounting Series Inline Manifold mounting 1100 sub-base

271

272 M e c h a n i c a l l y a n d m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 1100 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/8" - 1/4" 0.18 C v Inline operational benefits 1. Short stroke with high flow. 2. Powerful return spring how to order Port size Universal valve NC only valve 2 2 1/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF Mechanical operator XXX 1113-XXX XXX XXX 1163-XXX Code Description Code Description Code Description 011 Cam roller parallel to ports 1 & Lever locking pull perpendicular to ports 1 & Push button 012 Cam roller perpendicular to ports 1 &2 024 Lever non-locking pull perpendicular to ports 1 & Push button (panel mounting) 013 Lever cam perpendicular to ports 1 & Lever locking push parallel to ports 1 & Push button with guard 014 Lever cam parallel to ports 1 & Lever non-locking push parallel to ports 1 & Palm button 021 Lever locking push perpendicular to ports 1 & Lever locking pull parallel to ports 1 & Palm button (panel mounting) 022 Lever non-locking push perpendicular to ports 1 & Lever non-locking pull parallel to ports 1 & Palm button with guard 273

273 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 1100 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8" - 1/4 : (0.18 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Operator : 1100-XXX (see codification). SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) STROKE 1, ,09 2,2 OVERTRVEL 1,0 Ø 11,1 ROLLER 58,0 4,75 10 OVERTRVEL 4,2 40 STROKE 33,6 4,7 35,9 021 / / ,4 Ø 12,7 ROLLER 011 / 012 PNEL MT HEX PNEL MT. W/GURD # # ,0 27,6 W/GURD 031 / 032 Ø 5 29,9 28,7 036 / ,6 40,0 Ø 69, PORT SIZE 1/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF C D H #2 #3 24,9 274 #1 17,8 21,2 4, H C D 22,2 Ø 4,4 33,0

274 M e c h a n i c a l l y a n d m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 1100 Function Port size Flow (Max) Manifold mounting Series 3/2 NO-NC, 2/2 NO-NC 1/8" 0.14 C v sub-base operational benefits 1. Short stroke with high flow. 2. Powerful return spring how to order Port size Universal valve NC only valve CYL CYL Valve less base Sub-base 1/8 NPTF Mechanical operator EXH 1130-XXX 1132-XXX XXX EXH 1170-XXX 1172-XXX Code Description Code Description 025 Lever locking push parallel to ports 1 & Push button 026 Lever non-locking push parallel to ports 1 & Lever non-locking pull parallel to ports 1 & Lever locking pull parallel to ports 1 & 2 End plate kit (Port size 1/4" NPTF) :

275 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 1100 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/8" : (0.14 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Operator : 1100-XXX (see codification). Function plate : Pressure seal between bases : Tie-rod (x2) : SPP threads. dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 1/8 CYL. PORT ,0 17,6 CYL 35,9 59,5 14,2 25,4 ± 0,1 025 / 028 EXH 25,4 63,5 1/4 LET & EXHUST PORTS ECH END 12,7 17,8 MT G SLOT Ø 6,6 MX. TYP. 9,7 ± 0,2 31,5 CYL EXH 2,3 4,8 15,7 32,7 OPTIONL 1/8 OTTOM PORTS 46,6 PNEL. MT. 25,0 W/GURD 27, HEX 5,7 276

276 M e c h a n i c a l l y a n d m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 1800 Individual mounting Series Inline

277

278 M e c h a n i c a l l y a n d m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d v a l v e s Series 1800 Function Port size Flow (Max) Individual mounting Series 5/2 1/4" 1.4 C v Inline operational benefits 1. Short stroke with high flow. 2. Powerful return force. 3. onded spool with minimum friction, shifting in a glass-like finished bore. 4. Wiping effect eliminates sticking. 5. long service life how to order Port size Single operator Double operator /4 NPTF Mechanical operator XXXX XXXX XXXX-112-XXXX Code Description Code Description Code Description 0111 Cam roller parallel to ports 2 & Lever non-locking pull perpendicular to body 0033 Push button with guard 0112 Cam roller perpendicular to ports 2 & Lever locking push parallel to body 0034 Push Pull 0013 Lever cam perpendicular to ports 2 & Lever non-locking push parallel to body 0035 Push Pull (panel mounting) 0014 Lever cam parallel to ports 2 & Lever locking pull parallel to body 0036 Palm button 0021 Lever locking push perpendicular to body 0028 Lever non-locking pull parallel to body 0037 Palm button (panel mounting) 0022 Lever non-locking push perpendicular to body 0031 Push button 0038 Palm button with guard 0023 Lever locking pull perpendicular to body 0032 Push button (panel mounting) 0039 Push Pull palm button o p t i o n s 002X Replace 0 by 2 for lever operator with boot (see photo) 279

279 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 O F P R O D U C T I O N T E S T E D 100% M O N T H S Series 1800 technical data Fluid : Pressure range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Leak rate : Compressed air, vacuum, inert gases Vacuum to 200 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) 1/4" : (1.4 C v ) 100 cm 3 /min Spare parts : Options : Operator : 18XXXX (see codification). SPP threads. 3/8 ports (ports 1,2 & 3 - MOD required). dimensions Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 50, ,7 2,84 STROKE 2,36 OVERTRVEL 12,7 DI. ROLLER 4,7 1,5 TO 4,5 PNEL THICKNESS Ø 25 HOLE PNEL MT. 47, ,4 63,5 30,0 45,2 30 PUSH 30 PULL 0111 / / 0039 Ø 19 46,7 W/GURD 44,4 73,1 1,5 TO 4,5 PNEL THICKNESS Ø 25 HOLE PNEL MT. 25,4 69,8 W/GURD 22,3 50,8 10 OVERTRVEL STROKE 40 12,7 DI. 2,3 ROLLER 5,5 60,3 73,1 37,3 LEVER PERPENDICULR TO ODY 0021 / 0024 CYL. PORTS 0025 / 0028 CYL. PORTS 43, / 0035 W/GURD 2,3 4, ,6 Ø 5,1 MTG. HOLE /

280 Section 4 ases according to ISO

281 a s e s a c c o r d i n g t o I S O Series ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 P. 285 P. 287 P. 289 ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 283

282 a s e s a c c o r d i n g t o I S O Series ISO 1 Series ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 HOW TO ORDER DIVIDUL SE Port size Side ports Side & bottom ports ottom cylinder ports 2 and 4. ottom inlet port 1 1/4 NPTF M-1C-221 M-1C-223 M-1C-222 M-1C-224 3/8 NPTF M-1C-231 M-1C-233 M-1C-232 M-1C-234 MNIFOLD SE Port size Side ports ottom ports ottom cylinder ports 2 and 4. ottom inlet port 1 1/4 NPTF MM-1C-221 MM-1C-223 MM-1C-222 MM-1C-224 3/8 NPTF MM-1C-231 MM-1C-233 MM-1C-232 MM-1C-234 Manifold fastening kit : N

283 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series ISO 1 DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) Individual D 5599/1 Manifold 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT 2 4 1/ EXTERNL PILOT 14,0 22,0 26,0 36,0 26,0 16,0 25,0 25,0 100,0 3/8 3 PORTS 26,0 26,0 121,0 50,5 42,5 40,0 32,5 6,0 13,0 68,0 13,0 Ø 6,5 2 MTG. HOLES 22,0 21,0 26,0 Ø 6,3 2 MTG. HOLES 50,0 12,0 11, ,0 14,0 62,0 12,75 25, ,0 24,75 51,0 ± 0,2 VDM 32 7,5 50,0 85,0 100, G 1/4" ,5 1 21,5 OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 5, OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 48 60,0 100,0 121, ,0 10,5 23,5 286

284 a s e s a c c o r d i n g t o I S O Series ISO 2 Series ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 HOW TO ORDER DIVIDUL SE Port size Side ports Side & bottom ports ottom cylinder ports 2 and 4. ottom inlet port 1 3/8 NPTF M M M M /2 NPTF M M M M MNIFOLD SE Port size Side ports ottom ports ottom cylinder ports 2 and 4. ottom inlet port 1 3/8 NPTF MM MM MM MM /2 NPTF MM MM MM MM Manifold fastening kit : N

285 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series ISO 2 DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) Individual D 5599/1 Manifold 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT 38, ,0 60,0 23,0 32,0 42,0 49,0 54,0 20,0 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT 1/2-3 PORTS ECH SIDE ,0 34,0 39,0 42,0 50,5 62,0 16,0 12,0 3 88,0 36, ,0 75,0 16,0 Ø 7,5 2 MTG. HOLES 14,0 14,5 32,0 30,0 70,0 26,0 23,0 34, ,0 9,0 Ø 6,5 2 MTG. HOLES 30,5 52,0 64,0 ± 0,2 7,0 62,0 98,0 112,0 OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 112,0 139,0 288

286 a s e s a c c o r d i n g t o I S O Series ISO 3 Series ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3 HOW TO ORDER DIVIDUL SE Port size Side ports Side & bottom ports ottom cylinder ports 2 and 4. ottom inlet port 1 1/2 NPTF M M M M /4 NPTF M M M M

287 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series ISO 3 DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) Individual ISO D 5599/1 15,0 140,0 35,0 17,5 70,0 Ø 8,3 4 MTG. HOLES 46,0 33,0 27,0 1/8 EXTERNL PILOT 32, , ,5 55,0 22,0 45,0 45,0 20,5 20,5 49,0 49,0 21, ,0 49,0 49,0 78,0 156,0 39,5 79,0 OPTIONL OTTOM PORTS 290

288 Section 5 Interchangable sub-bases and manifolds 291

289 I n t e r c h a n g a b l e s u b - b a s e s a n d m a n i f o l d s Series MC 125 MC 250 MC 500 P. 295 P. 297 P. 299 MC 125 MC 250 MC

290 I n t e r c h a n g a b l e s u b - b a s e s a n d m a n i f o l d s Series MC 125 Series MC 125 MC 250 MC 500 HOW TO ORDER DIVIDUL SE Port size Side ports 1/4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF MC MC MNIFOLD SE Port size ottom cylinder ports Side & bottom cylinder ports 1/4 NPTF 3/8 NPTF Manifold fastening kit : M (3/8 NPTF) MC125-M21 MC125-M31 MC125-M21C MC125-M31C 295

291 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series MC 125 DIMENSIONS DIVIDUL SE 1/8"-27 N.P.T.F. EXT. PILOT PORT Dimensions shown are metric (mm) REF REF. 7.6 REF REF. 8.7 DI. REF. MTG. HOLE TYP.(2) 48.8 REF REF. E P E 9.5 REF REF REF REF REF REF. 1/4"-18 N.P.T.F. PORTS TYP.(5) 3/8"-18 N.P.T.F. PORTS TYP.(5) MNIFOLD SE 50.8 REF REF REF REF REF REF REF REF. 1/4"-18 N.P.T.F. TYP.- (2) SIDE ND (2) OTTOM REF REF. 3/8"-18 N.P.T.F. TP TYP.- (2) SIDE ND (2) OTTOM 12.7 REF. 296

292 I n t e r c h a n g a b l e s u b - b a s e s a n d m a n i f o l d s Series MC 250 Series MC 125 MC 250 MC 500 HOW TO ORDER DIVIDUL SE Port size Side ports 1/2 NPTF 3/4 NPTF 1 NPTF MC MC MC MNIFOLD SE Port size ottom cylinder ports Side & bottom cylinder ports 1/2 NPTF 3/4 NPTF MC250-M21 MC250-M31 MC250-M21C MC250-M31C Manifold fastening kit : M (only required for manifolds with side & bottom cylinder ports) 297

293 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series MC 250 DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) DIVIDUL SE 1/8"-27 N.P.T.F. EXT.PILOT PORT 1/2"-14 N.P.T.F. TYP.(5) PORTS REF TYP. REF TYP REF. 3/4"-14 N.P.T.F. TYP.(5) PORTS 1 1"-11 / N.P.T.F. 2 TYP.(5) PORTS 10.3 DI. (2) MTG. HOLES REF. E P E 10.3 REF REF REF REF REF REF REF REF MNIFOLD SE REF REF REF. 1/8"-27 N.P.T.F. EXT. PILOT PORT E P E 57.2 REF REF REF REF. 3/4"-14 N.P.T.F. TYP.(3) ECH SIDE 10.3 DI. MTG. HOLE TYP.(2) REF. REF TYP. REF REF. REF REF REF. E E 1/2"-14 N.P.T.F. TYP.(2) "" & "" 3/4"-14 N.P.T.F. TYP.(2) "" & "" 298

294 I n t e r c h a n g a b l e s u b - b a s e s a n d m a n i f o l d s Series MC 500 Series MC 125 MC 250 MC 500 HOW TO ORDER DIVIDUL SE Port size Side ports 3/4 NPTF 1 NPTF MC MC

295 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series MC 500 DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) DIVIDUL SE 3/4"-14 N.P.T.F. TYP.(5) PORTS 1"-11 1/2" N.P.T.F. TYP.(5) PORTS E P E REF REF REF

296 Section 6 Pressure regulators 301

297 P r e s s u r e Manual adjust Single regulator Single pressure Single regulator Dual pressure Dual regulator Dual pressure EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH P. 305 P. 309 P. 313 P. 305 P. 309 P. 313 P. 305 P. 309 P. 313 Single regulator Single pressure Single regulator Dual pressure Dual regulator Dual pressure P. 317 P. 321 P. 325 P. 317 P. 321 P. 325 P. 317 P. 321 P. 325 Single regulator Single pressure Single regulator Dual pressure Dual regulator Dual pressure EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH P. 329 P. 333 P. 329 P. 333 P. 329 P

298 r e g u l a t o r s ir adjust Series Single regulator Single pressure Single regulator Dual pressure Dual regulator Dual pressure EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH P. 307 P. 307 P. 307 PR82 P. 311 P. 311 P. 311 PR63D P. 315 P. 315 P. 315 PR65C Single regulator Single pressure Single regulator Dual pressure Dual regulator Dual pressure P. 319 P. 319 P. 319 PR1 P. 323 P. 323 P. 323 PR2D P. 327 P. 327 P. 327 PR3C Single regulator Single pressure Single regulator Dual pressure Dual regulator Dual pressure EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH P. 331 P. 331 P. 331 PR125 P. 335 P. 335 P. 335 PR

299 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR82 Series Sandwich pressure regulator with manual adjust locking knob. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER REGULTORS FOR "PLUG-" VLVES Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Dual regulator Two regulated pressures to ports and * No gauge PR82-GD PR82-GCD PR82-GD PR82-GDD Gauge parallel to regulator PR82-GC PR82-GCC PR82-GC PR82-GDC Gauge perpendicular to regulator PR82-G REGULTORS FOR "NON PLUG-" ND REMOTE IR VLVES PR82-GC PR82-G PR82-GD PR1 Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Dual regulator Two regulated pressures to ports and * PR2D PR3C No gauge PR82-HD PR82-HCD PR82-HD PR82-HDD Gauge parallel to regulator PR82-HC PR82-HCC PR82-HC PR82-HDC Gauge perpendicular to regulator PR82-H PR82-HC PR82-H PR82-HD Note : regulating range for above models is PSI. For other ranges see technical data page. * To be used with dual pressure valves. DJUSTMENT OPTIONS PR82-XXXX - Replace by for plug-in with slotted stem adjustment. - Replace by for non plug-in with slotted stem adjustment. - Replace by K for plug-in with locking slotted stem adjustment. - Replace by L for non plug-in with locking slotted stem adjustment. **SELECTOR OPTIONS selects pressure to inlet of adjacent valve. PR125 PR250 PR82-XXXX - Replace by S for dual regulators. - Replace by T for regulator on end with by-pass on end. ** This option must be used with a single pressure valve and selector manifold base. 305

300 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR82 TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 120 PSI (other ranges see below) Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (1.08 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR82-J0 (KNO), PR82-C0 (SLOTTED STEM), PR82-M0 (LOCKG SLOTTED STEM). Gauges : N (0-120 PSI perpendicular) N (0-120 PSI parallel) N (0-80 PSI perpendicular) N (0-80 PSI parallel) N (0-30 PSI perpendicular) N (0-30 PSI parallel) Regulating range options : PR82-XXX Replace by Replace by C Replace by D Replace by E Replace by F Replace by G Replace by H Replace by J - 0 to 80 PSI - 0 to 30 PSI - 0 to 120 PSI on end - 0 to 80 PSI on end - 0 to 120 PSI on end - 0 to 80 PSI on end - 0 to 120 PSI on end - 0 to 30 PSI on end - 0 to 120 PSI on end - 0 to 30 PSI on end - 0 to 80 PSI on end - 0 to 30 PSI on end - 0 to 80 PSI on end - 0 to 30 PSI on end DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 215,5 183,3 173,2 SLOTTED STEM 20,5 3,5 149,2 1/8" (OPTION) 73,5 EXH LOCKG KNO 208,9 COND 24,5 215,5 183,3 156,2 LOCK 1/8" (OPTION) LOCKG SLOTTED STEM 127,2 11,5 1/8" (OPTION) 183,2 EXH 51,5 50,0 PILOT 25,0 306

301 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR82 Series Sandwich pressure regulator with air pilot adjust. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER REGULTORS FOR "PLUG-" VLVES Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Dual regulator Two regulated pressures to ports and * No gauge PR82-DD PR82-DCD PR82-DD PR82-DDD Gauge parallel to regulator PR82-DC PR82-DCC PR82-DC PR82-DDC Gauge perpendicular to regulator PR82-D REGULTORS FOR "NON PLUG-" ND REMOTE IR VLVES PR82-DC PR82-D PR82-DD PR1 Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Dual regulator Two regulated pressures to ports and * PR2D PR3C No gauge PR82-ED PR82-ECD PR82-ED PR82-EDD Gauge parallel to regulator PR82-EC PR82-ECC PR82-EC PR82-EDC Gauge perpendicular to regulator PR82-E PR82-EC PR82-E PR82-ED * To be used with dual pressure valves. PR125 PR

302 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR82 TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (1.08 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR82-F0. Gauges : N (0-120 PSI perpendicular) N (0-120 PSI parallel) DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 171,5 161,3 151,3 149,2 73,5 1/8" 1/8" EXH 41,4 208,9 COND 15,2 41,4 13, ,5 161,3 134,2 127,2 PILOT EXH 161,2 51,5 25,0 50,0 308

303 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR63D Series Sandwich pressure regulator with manual adjust knob. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER REGULTORS FOR "PLUG-" VLVES Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port Two regulated pressures to ports and No gauge PR63D-22 PR63D-21 PR63D-24 PR63D-23 PR63D-25 Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) PR63D-22 PR63D-21 PR63D-24 PR63D-23 PR63D-25D Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator PR63D-22C PR63D-21C PR63D-24C PR63D-23C Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR63D-22F PR63D-22G PR63D-21F PR63D-21G Note : above models are coded for use with double solenoid plug-in valves. REGULTORS FOR "NON PLUG-" ND REMOTE IR VLVES PR63D-24F PR63D-24G PR63D-23F PR63D-23G PR63D-25H PR1 PR2D PR3C Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port Two regulated pressures to ports and No gauge Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR63D-32 PR63D-32 PR63D-32C PR63D-32F PR63D-32G Note : regulating range for above models is PSI. For other ranges see technical data page. * To be used with dual pressure valves (manifolds only). PLUG- OPTIONS PR63D-XXXX PR63D-31 PR63D-31 PR63D-31C PR63D-31F PR63D-31G - Replace by 1 for single solenoid plug-in with knob adjustment. 309 PR63D-34 PR63D-34 PR63D-34C PR63D-34F PR63D-34G DJUSTMENT OPTIONS PR63D-XXXX PR63D-33 PR63D-33 PR63D-33C PR63D-33F PR63D-33G PR63D-35 PR63D-35D PR63D-35H Replace by for slotted stem adjustment for single solenoid plug-in. - Replace by for slotted stem adjustment for double solenoid plug-in. - Replace by C for slotted stem adjustment for non plug-in valves. - Replace by E for slotted stem with locknut for single solenoid plug-in. - Replace by F for slotted stem with locknut for double solenoid plug-in. - Replace by G for slotted stem with locknut for non plug-in valves. PR125 PR250

304 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR63D TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 150 PSI (other ranges see below) Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (2.4 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR63D-41 (KNO), PR63D-D1 (SLOTTED STEM), PR63D-H1 (SLOTTED STEM WITH LOCKNUT). Gauges : Glycerine filled : N Non filled : N Regulating range options : PR63D-XXX Replace by - 0 to 100 PSI Replace by C - 0 to 45 PSI DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) (OPTION) 290,2 238,5 1/8" (OPTION) 50,5 162,1 COND 93,5 EXH 253,1 236,6 310

305 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR63D Series Sandwich pressure regulator with air pilot adjust. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER REGULTORS FOR "PLUG-" VLVES Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port Two regulated pressures to ports and No gauge PR63D-2 PR63D-2 PR63D-2D PR63D-2C PR63D-2E Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) PR63D-2 PR63D-2 PR63D-2D PR63D-2C PR63D-2ED Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator PR63D-2C PR63D-2C PR63D-2DC PR63D-2CC Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR63D-2F PR63D-2G PR63D-2F PR63D-2G Note : above models are coded for use with double solenoid plug-in valves. REGULTORS FOR "NON PLUG-" ND REMOTE IR VLVES PR63D-2DF PR63D-2DG PR63D-2CF PR63D-2CG PR63D-2EH PR1 PR2D PR3C Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port Two regulated pressures to ports and No gauge PR63D-3 PR63D-3 PR63D-3D PR63D-3C PR63D-3E Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) PR63D-3 PR63D-3 PR63D-3D PR63D-3C PR63D-3ED Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator PR63D-3C PR63D-3C PR63D-3DC PR63D-3CC Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) PR63D-3F PR63D-3F PR63D-3DF PR63D-3CF PR63D-3EH Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR63D-3G * To be used with dual pressure valves (available only on manifolds). PLUG- OPTIONS PR63D-3G PR63D-3DG PR63D-3CG PR125 PR250 PR63D-XXXX - Replace by 1 for single solenoid plug-in. 311

306 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR63D TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (2.4 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR63D-4. Gauges : Glycerine filled : N Non filled : N DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) (OPTION) 230,2 206,5 1/8" (OPTION) 50,5 162,1 1/8 COND 93,5 EXH 221,1 204,6 312

307 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR65C Series Sandwich pressure regulator with manual adjust knob. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER REGULTORS FOR "PLUG-" VLVES Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port Dual pressure Dual regulator Two regulated pressures to ports and No gauge PR65C-22 PR65C-21 PR65C-24 PR65C-23 PR65C-25 Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) PR65C-22 PR65C-21 PR65C-24 PR65C-23 PR65C-25D Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator PR65C-22C PR65C-21C PR65C-24C PR65C-23C Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR65C-22F PR65C-22G PR65C-21F PR65C-21G Note : above models are coded for use with double solenoid plug-in valves. REGULTORS FOR "NON PLUG-" ND REMOTE IR VLVES PR65C-24F PR65C-24G PR65C-23F PR65C-23G PR65C-25H PR1 PR2D PR3C Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port Dual pressure Dual regulator Two regulated pressures to ports and No gauge Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR65C-32 PR65C-32 PR65C-32C PR65C-32F PR65C-32G Note : regulating range for above models is PSI. For other ranges see technical data page. PLUG- OPTIONS PR65C-XXXX PR65C-31 PR65C-31 PR65C-31C PR65C-31F PR65C-31G - Replace by 1 for single solenoid plug-in with knob adjustment. 313 PR65C-34 PR65C-34 PR65C-34C PR65C-34F PR65C-34G DJUSTMENT OPTIONS PR65C-XXXX PR65C-33 PR65C-33 PR65C-33C PR65C-33F PR65C-33G PR65C-35 PR65C-35D PR65C-35H Replace by for slotted stem adjustment for single solenoid plug-in. - Replace by for slotted stem adjustment for double solenoid plug-in. - Replace by C for slotted stem adjustment for non plug-in valves. - Replace by E for slotted stem with locknut for single solenoid plug-in. - Replace by F for slotted stem with locknut for double solenoid plug-in. - Replace by G for slotted stem with locknut for non plug-in valves. PR125 PR250

308 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR65C TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 150 PSI (other ranges see below) Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (4.0 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR65C-41 (KNO), PR65C-D1 (SLOTTED STEM), PR65C-H1 (SLOTTED STEM WITH LOCKNUT). Gauges : Glycerine filled : N Non filled : N Regulating range options : PR65C-XXX Replace by - 0 to 100 PSI Replace by C - 0 to 45 PSI DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) (OPTION) 277,2 1/8" (OPTION) 72,5 205,3 128,8 292,8 364,0 89,0 314

309 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR65C Series Sandwich pressure regulator with air pilot adjust. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER REGULTORS FOR "PLUG-" VLVES Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port Dual pressure Dual regulator Two regulated pressures to ports and No gauge PR65C-2 PR65C-2 PR65C-2D PR65C-2C PR65C-2E Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) PR65C-2 PR65C-2 PR65C-2D PR65C-2C PR65C-2ED Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator PR65C-2C PR65C-2C PR65C-2DC PR65C-2CC Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR65C-2F PR65C-2G PR65C-2F PR65C-2G Note : above models are coded for use with double solenoid plug-in valves. REGULTORS FOR "NON PLUG-" ND REMOTE IR VLVES PR65C-2DF PR65C-2DG PR65C-2CF PR65C-2CG PR65C-2EH PR1 PR2D PR3C Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port Dual pressure Dual regulator Two regulated pressures to ports and No gauge PR65C-3 PR65C-3 PR65C-3D PR65C-3C PR65C-3E Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) PR65C-3 PR65C-3 PR65C-3D PR65C-3C PR65C-3ED Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator PR65C-3C PR65C-3C PR65C-3DC PR65C-3CC Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) PR65C-3F PR65C-3F PR65C-3DF PR65C-3CF PR65C-3EH Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PLUG- OPTIONS PR65C-XXXX PR65C-3G PR65C-3G PR65C-3DG PR65C-3CG PR125 PR250 - Replace by 1 for single solenoid plug-in. 315

310 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR65C TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow (at 6 bar, P=1bar) : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (4.0 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR65C-4. Gauges : Glycerine filled : N Non filled : N DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) (OPTION) 1/8" (OPTION) 212,2 72,5 205,3 128,8 227,8 234,0 89,0 316

311 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR1 Series Sandwich pressure regulator with manual adjust knob. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER TERNL PILOT Gauges Single pressure Regulator 14 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Single pressure Regulator 12 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Dual pressure Regulator 14 end Regulated pressure to port 4 * Dual pressure Regulator 12 end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port 2 Two regulated pressures to ports 2 and 4 No gauge PR1-G PR1-GC PR1-G PR1-GD PR1-GE Gauge parallel to regulator(s) PR1-GD PR1-GCD PR1-GD PR1-GDD PR1-GEE Gauge perpendicular to regulator(s) PR1-G PR1-GC PR1-G PR1-GD PR1-GEC PR1 EXTERNL PILOT ND REMOTE IR Gauges Single pressure Regulator 14 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Single pressure Regulator 12 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Dual pressure Regulator 14 end Regulated pressure to port 4 * Dual pressure Regulator 12 end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port 2 Two regulated pressures to ports 2 and 4 PR2D PR3C No gauge PR1-H PR1-HC PR1-H PR1-HD PR1-HE Gauge parallel to regulator(s) PR1-HD PR1-HCD PR1-HD PR1-HDD PR1-HEE Gauge perpendicular to regulator(s) PR1-H PR1-HC PR1-H PR1-HD PR1-HEC * - To be used with dual pressure valves. Valve code is : MV-1C-X5X-PM-XXYZZ (sgl. pressure ext. pilot) Valve code is : MV-1C-X4X-PM-XXYZZ (dual pressure ext. pilot) Note : regulating range for above models is PSI. For other ranges see technical data page. DJUSTMENT OPTIONS PR1-XXXX - Replace by for slotted stem adjustment (internal pilot) - Replace by for slotted stem adjustment (external/remote air) - Replace by K for slotted stem with locknut (internal pilot) - Replace by L for slotted stem with locknut (external/remote air) 317 Main valve body assembly must be external pilot model. Pilots are supplied internally from primary pressure in regulator block. Cannot field convert regulator block from Single Pressure to dual pressure. ody/lock to base mounting screw # PR125 PR250

312 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR1 TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 120 PSI (other ranges see below) Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (1.0 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR1-J0 (KNO), PR1-C0 (SLOTTED STEM), PR1-M0 (SLOTTED STEM WITH LOCKNUT). Gauges : N (0-120 PSI perpendicular) N (0-120 PSI parallel) N (0-80 PSI perpendicular) N (0-80 PSI parallel) N (0-30 PSI perpendicular) N (0-30 PSI parallel) Regulating range options : PR1-XXX Replace by Replace by C Replace by D Replace by E Replace by F Replace by G Replace by H Replace by J - 0 to 80 PSI - 0 to 30 PSI - 0 to 120 PSI on 14 end - 0 to 80 PSI on 12 end - 0 to 120 PSI on 12 end - 0 to 80 PSI on 14 end - 0 to 120 PSI on 14 end - 0 to 30 PSI on 12 end - 0 to 120 PSI on 12 end - 0 to 30 PSI on 14 end - 0 to 80 PSI on 14 end - 0 to 30 PSI on 12 end - 0 to 80 PSI on 12 end - 0 to 30 PSI on 14 end DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 297,3 241,0 214,7 241,0 162,8 318

313 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR1 Series Sandwich pressure regulator with air pilot adjust. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER TERNL PILOT Gauges Single pressure Regulator 14 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Single pressure Regulator 12 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Dual pressure Regulator 14 end Regulated pressure to port 4 * Dual pressure Regulator 12 end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port 2 Two regulated pressures to ports 2 and 4 No gauge PR1-D PR1-DC PR1-D PR1-DD PR1-DE Gauge parallel to regulator(s) PR1-DD PR1-DCD PR1-DD PR1-DDD PR1-DEE Gauge perpendicular to regulator(s) PR1-D PR1-DC PR1-D PR1-DD PR1-DEC PR1 EXTERNL PILOT ND REMOTE IR PR2D Gauges Single pressure Regulator 14 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Single pressure Regulator 12 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Dual pressure Regulator 14 end Regulated pressure to port 4 * Dual pressure Regulator 12 end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port 2 Two regulated pressures to ports 2 and 4 PR3C No gauge PR1-E PR1-EC PR1-E PR1-ED PR1-EE Gauge parallel to regulator(s) PR1-ED PR1-ECD PR1-ED PR1-EDD PR1-EEE Gauge perpendicular to regulator(s) PR1-E PR1-EC PR1-E PR1-ED PR1-EEC * - To be used with dual pressure valves. Valve code is : MV-1C-X5X-PM-XXYZZ (sgl. pressure ext. pilot) Valve code is : MV-1C-X4X-PM-XXYZZ (dual pressure ext. pilot) Main valve body assembly must be external pilot model. Pilots are supplied internally from primary pressure in regulator block. Cannot field convert regulator block from Single Pressure to dual pressure. ody/lock to base mounting screw # PR125 PR

314 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR1 TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (1.0 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR1-F0. Gauges : N (0-120 PSI perpendicular) N (0-120 PSI parallel) DIMENSIONS 254,8 219,0 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 171, ,8 320

315 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR2D Series Sandwich pressure regulator with manual adjust knob. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER TERNL PILOT Gauges Single pressure Regulator 14 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Single pressure Regulator 12 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Dual pressure Regulator 14 end Regulated pressure to port 4 * Dual pressure Regulator 12 end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port 2 Two regulated pressures to ports 2 and 4 No gauge PR2D-1 PR2D-1E PR2D-1 PR2D-1F PR2D-1J Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) PR2D-1D PR2D-1ED PR2D-1D PR2D-1FD PR2D-1JE Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR2D-1CD PR2D-1GD PR2D-1DD PR2D-1HD Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator EXTERNL PILOT ND REMOTE IR Gauges PR2D-1 PR2D-1C Single pressure Regulator 14 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 PR2D-1E PR2D-1G Single pressure Regulator 12 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 PR2D-1 PR2D-1D Dual pressure Regulator 14 end Regulated pressure to port 4 PR2D-1F PR2D-1H PR2D-1JC * Dual pressure Regulator 12 end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port 2 Two regulated pressures to ports 2 and 4 PR1 PR2D PR3C No gauge PR2D-2 PR2D-2E PR2D-2 PR2D-2F PR2D-2J Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) PR2D-2D PR2D-2ED PR2D-2D PR2D-2FD PR2D-2JE Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR2D-2CD PR2D-2GD PR2D-2DD PR2D-2HD Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) PR2D-2 PR2D-2E PR2D-2 PR2D-2F PR2D-2JC Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator PR2D-2C PR2D-2G PR2D-2D PR2D-2H * - To be used with dual pressure valves. Valve code is : MV-2-X5X-PM-XXYZZ (sgl. pressure ext. pilot) Valve code is : MV-2-X4X-PM-XXYZZ (dual pressure ext. pilot) Note : regulating range for above models is PSI. For other ranges see technical data page. Main valve body assembly must be external pilot model. Pilots are supplied internally from primary pressure in regulator block. Cannot field convert regulator block from Single Pressure to dual pressure. ody/lock to base mounting screw # DJUSTMENT OPTIONS PR2D-XXXX - Replace by for slotted stem adjustment (internal pilot) - Replace by for slotted stem adjustment (external pilot) - Replace by D for slotted stem with locknut (internal pilot) - Replace by E for slotted stem with locknut (external pilot) 321 PR125 PR250

316 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR2D TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 150 PSI (other ranges see below) Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (2.3 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR2D-30 (KNO), PR2D-C0 (SLOTTED STEM), PR2D-F0 (SLOTTED STEM WITH LOCKNUT). Gauges : Glycerine filled : N Non filled : N Regulating range options : PR2D-XXX Replace by - 0 to 100 PSI Replace by C - 0 to 45 PSI DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 315,4 260,8 230,1 260,8 183,9 322

317 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR2D Series Sandwich pressure regulator with air pilot adjust. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER TERNL PILOT Gauges Single pressure Regulator 14 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Single pressure Regulator 12 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Dual pressure Regulator 14 end Regulated pressure to port 4 * Dual pressure Regulator 12 end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port 2 Two regulated pressures to ports 2 and 4 No gauge PR2D-4 PR2D-4E PR2D-4 PR2D-4F PR2D-4J Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) PR2D-4D PR2D-4ED PR2D-4D PR2D-4FD PR2D-4JE Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR2D-4CD PR2D-4GD PR2D-4DD PR2D-4HD Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator EXTERNL PILOT ND REMOTE IR Gauges PR2D-4 PR2D-4C Single pressure Regulator 14 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 PR2D-4E PR2D-4G Single pressure Regulator 12 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 PR2D-4 PR2D-4D Dual pressure Regulator 14 end Regulated pressure to port 4 PR2D-4F PR2D-4H PR2D-4JC * Dual pressure Regulator 12 end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port 2 Two regulated pressures to ports 2 and 4 PR1 PR2D PR3C No gauge PR2D-5 PR2D-5E PR2D-5 PR2D-5F PR2D-5J Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) PR2D-5D PR2D-5ED PR2D-5D PR2D-5FD PR2D-5JE Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR2D-5CD PR2D-5GD PR2D-5DD PR2D-5HD Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) PR2D-5 PR2D-5E PR2D-5 PR2D-5F PR2D-5JC Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator PR2D-5C PR2D-5G PR2D-5D PR2D-5H * - To be used with dual pressure valves. Valve code is : MV-2-X5X-PM-XXYZZ (sgl. pressure ext. pilot) Valve code is : MV-2-X4X-PM-XXYZZ (dual pressure ext. pilot) Main valve body assembly must be external pilot model. Pilots are supplied internally from primary pressure in regulator block. Cannot field convert regulator block from Single Pressure to dual pressure. ody/lock to base mounting screw # PR125 PR

318 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR2D TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (2.3 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR2D-60. Gauges : Glycerine filled : N Non filled : N DIMENSIONS 228,8 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 198,0 251,0 228,8 183,9 324

319 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR3C Series Sandwich pressure regulator with manual adjust knob. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER TERNL PILOT Gauges Single pressure Regulator 14 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Single pressure Regulator 12 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Dual pressure Regulator 14 end Regulated pressure to port 4 * Dual pressure Regulator 12 end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port 2 Two regulated pressures to ports 2 and 4 No gauge PR3C-1 PR3C-1E PR3C-1 PR3C-1F PR3C-1J Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) PR3C-1D PR3C-1ED PR3C-1D PR3C-1FD PR3C-1JE Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR3C-1CD PR3C-1GD PR3C-1DD PR3C-1HD Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator EXTERNL PILOT ND REMOTE IR Gauges PR3C-1 PR3C-1C Single pressure Regulator 14 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 PR3C-1E PR3C-1G Single pressure Regulator 12 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 PR3C-1 PR3C-1D Dual pressure Regulator 14 end Regulated pressure to port 4 PR3C-1F PR3C-1H PR3C-1JC * Dual pressure Regulator 12 end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port 2 Two regulated pressures to ports 2 and 4 PR1 PR2D PR3C No gauge PR3C-2 PR3C-2E PR3C-2 PR3C-2F PR3C-2J Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) PR3C-2D PR3C-2ED PR3C-2D PR3C-2FD PR3C-2JE Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR3C-2CD PR3C-2GD PR3C-2DD PR3C-2HD Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) PR3C-2 PR3C-2E PR3C-2 PR3C-2F PR3C-2JC Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator PR3C-2C PR3C-2G PR3C-2D PR3C-2H * - To be used with dual pressure valves. Valve code is : MV-3-X5X-PM-XXYZZ (sgl. pressure ext. pilot) Valve code is : MV-3-X4X-PM-XXYZZ (dual pressure ext. pilot) Note : regulating range for above models is PSI. For other ranges see technical data page. Main valve body assembly must be external pilot model. Pilots are supplied internally from primary pressure in regulator block. Cannot field convert regulator block from Single Pressure to dual pressure. ody/lock to base mounting screw # DJUSTMENT OPTIONS PR3C-XXXX - Replace by for slotted stem adjustment (internal pilot) - Replace by for slotted stem adjustment (external pilot) - Replace by D for slotted stem with locknut (internal pilot) - Replace by E for slotted stem with locknut (external pilot) PR125 PR

320 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR3C TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 150 PSI (other ranges see below) Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (5.4 C v ) Spare parts : Regulating pressure options : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR3C-30 (KNO), PR3C-C0 (SLOTTED STEM), PR3C-F0 (SLOTTED STEM WITH LOCKNUT). Gauges : Glycerine filled : N Non filled : N PR3C-XXX Replace by Replace by C - 0 to 100 PSI - 0 to 45 PSI DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 408,0 323,6 291,0 323,6 141,4 326

321 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR3C Series Sandwich pressure regulator with air pilot adjust. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER TERNL PILOT Gauges Single pressure Regulator 14 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Single pressure Regulator 12 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 Dual pressure Regulator 14 end Regulated pressure to port 4 * Dual pressure Regulator 12 end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port 2 Two regulated pressures to ports 2 and 4 No gauge PR3C-4 PR3C-4E PR3C-4 PR3C-4F PR3C-4J Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) PR3C-4D PR3C-4ED PR3C-4D PR3C-4FD PR3C-4JE Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR3C-4CD PR3C-4GD PR3C-4DD PR3C-4HD Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator EXTERNL PILOT ND REMOTE IR Gauges PR3C-4 PR3C-4C Single pressure Regulator 14 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 PR3C-4E PR3C-4G Single pressure Regulator 12 end Same regulated pressure to ports 2 and 4 PR3C-4 PR3C-4D Dual pressure Regulator 14 end Regulated pressure to port 4 PR3C-4F PR3C-4H PR3C-4JC * Dual pressure Regulator 12 end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port 2 Two regulated pressures to ports 2 and 4 PR1 PR2D PR3C No gauge PR3C-5 PR3C-5E PR3C-5 PR3C-5F PR3C-5J Non-filled gauge on regulator(s) PR3C-5D PR3C-5ED PR3C-5D PR3C-5FD PR3C-5JE Non-filled gauge opposite to regulator PR3C-5CD PR3C-5GD PR3C-5DD PR3C-5HD Glycerine filled gauge on regulator(s) PR3C-5 PR3C-5E PR3C-5 PR3C-5F PR3C-5JC Glycerine filled gauge opposite to regulator PR3C-5C PR3C-5G PR3C-5D PR3C-5H * - To be used with dual pressure valves. Valve code is : MV-3-X5X-PM-XXYZZ (sgl. pressure ext. pilot) Valve code is : MV-3-X4X-PM-XXYZZ (dual pressure ext. pilot) Main valve body assembly must be external pilot model. Pilots are supplied internally from primary pressure in regulator block. Cannot field convert regulator block from Single Pressure to dual pressure. ody/lock to base mounting screw # PR125 PR

322 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR3C TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 150 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (5.4 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR3C-60. Gauges : Glycerine filled : N Non filled : N DIMENSIONS 291,0 Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 259,0 291,0 344,0 141,4 328

323 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR 125 Series Sandwich pressure regulator with manual adjust knob. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER TERNL PILOT REGULTORS Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port Two regulated pressures to ports and No gauge PR125-GC PR125-G PR125-GD PR125-G PR125-GE Gauge parallel to regulator(s) PR125-GCD PR125-GD PR125-GDD PR125-GD PR125-GEE Gauge perpendicular to regulator(s) PR125-GC PR125-G PR125-GD PR125-G PR125-GEC PR1 EXTERNL PILOT REGULTORS Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port Two regulated pressures to ports and PR2D PR3C No gauge PR125-HC PR125-H PR125-HD PR125-H PR125-HE Gauge parallel to regulator(s) PR125-HCD PR125-HD PR125-HDD PR125-HD PR125-HEE Gauge perpendicular to regulator(s) PR125-HC PR125-H PR125-HD PR125-H PR125-HEC * - To be used with dual pressure valves. Valve code is : MC125-VXX4-PM-XXYZZ (valves must be external pilot models for either single or dual pressure valves) Note : regulating range for above models is PSI. For other ranges see technical data page. Photo shown with slotted stem. DJUSTMENT OPTIONS PR125-XXXX - Replace by for internal pilot with slotted stem - Replace by for external pilot with slotted stem - Replace by K for internal pilot with locking slotted stem - Replace by L for external pilot with locking slotted stem PR125 PR

324 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR 125 TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 120 PSI (other ranges see below) Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (1.8 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR125-J0 (KNO), PR125-C0 (SLOTTED STEM), PR125-M0 (LOCKG SLOTTED STEM). Gauges : N (0-120 PSI perpendicular) N (0-120 PSI parallel) N (0-80 PSI perpendicular) N (0-80 PSI parallel) N (0-30 PSI perpendicular) N (0-30 PSI parallel) Regulating range options : PR125-XXX Replace by - 0 to 80 PSI Replace by C - 0 to 30 PSI Replace by D - 0 to 120 PSI on end - 0 to 80 PSI on end Replace by E - 0 to 120 PSI on end - 0 to 80 PSI on end Replace by F - 0 to 120 PSI on end - 0 to 30 PSI on end Replace by G - 0 to 120 PSI on end - 0 to 30 PSI on end Replace by H - 0 to 80 PSI on end - 0 to 30 PSI on end Replace by J - 0 to 80 PSI on end - 0 to 30 PSI on end DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) REGULTOR "" ND "" END (264.2) SGLE ND DOULE PILOT 9.26 REGULTOR "" END (235.2) SGLE ND DOULE PILOT 9.26 REGULTOR "" END (235.2) SGLE ND DOULE PILOT 8.13 REGULTOR "" END (206.6) SGLE PILOT SLOTTED STEM 20,5 3,5 1/8" (OPTION) LOCKG KNO 24,5 LOCK 1/8" (OPTION) 7.78 (197.7) LOCKG SLOTTED STEM 11,5 1/8" (OPTION) 330

325 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR 125 Series Sandwich pressure regulator with air pilot adjust. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER TERNL PILOT REGULTORS Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port Two regulated pressures to ports and No gauge PR125-DC PR125-D PR125-DD PR125-D PR125-DE Gauge parallel to regulator(s) PR125-DCD PR125-DD PR125-DDD PR125-DD PR125-DEE Gauge perpendicular to regulator(s) PR125-DC PR125-D PR125-DD PR125-D PR125-DEC PR1 EXTERNL PILOT REGULTORS Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end * Dual pressure Dual regulator * Regulated pressure to port Two regulated pressures to ports and PR2D PR3C No gauge PR125-EC PR125-E PR125-ED PR125-E PR125-EE Gauge parallel to regulator(s) PR125-ECD PR125-ED PR125-EDD PR125-ED PR125-EEE Gauge perpendicular to regulator(s) PR125-EC PR125-E PR125-ED PR125-E PR125-EEC * - To be used with dual pressure valves. Valve code is : MC125-VXX4-PM-XXYZZ (valves must be external pilot models for either single or dual pressure valves) PR125 PR

326 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR 125 TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 0 to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (1.8 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR125-F0 Gauges : N (0-120 PSI perpendicular) N (0-120 PSI parallel) DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm) E P E

327 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR 250 Series Sandwich pressure regulator with manual adjust knob. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER TERNL PILOT REGULTORS Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Dual regulator Regulated pressures to ports and * No gauge PR250-C PR250- PR250-D PR250- PR250-E Dry Gauge PR250-CC PR250-C PR250-DC PR250-C PR250-EE Glycerine Gauge PR250-C PR250- PR250-D PR250- PR250-ED PR1 EXTERNL PILOT REGULTORS Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Dual regulator Regulated pressures to ports and * PR2D PR3C No gauge PR250-C PR250- PR250-D PR250- PR250-E Dry Gauge PR250-CC PR250-C PR250-DC PR250-C PR250-EE Glycerine Gauge PR250-C PR250- PR250-D PR250- PR250-ED * - To be used with dual pressure valves. Valve code is : MC250-VXX4-PM-XXYZZ (valves must be external pilot models for either single or dual pressure valves) Note : regulating pressure range for above models is PSI. For other ranges see technical data page. PR125 PR

328 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR 250 TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 7 to 120 PSI (other ranges see below) Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (4.7 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR250-C0 (KNO) Gauges : N (perpendicular) N (parallel) Regulating range options : PR250-XXX Replace by - 7 to 60 PSI DIMENSIONS SGLE ND DOULE PILOT REGULTOR "" ND "" SGLE PILOT REGULTOR "" END SGLE ND DOULE PILOT REGULTOR "" END SGLE ND DOULE PILOT REGULTOR "" Dimensions shown are metric (mm)

329 P r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r s Series PR 250 Series Sandwich pressure regulator with air pilot adjust. OPERTIONL ENEFITS 1. Easy mounting : saves on installation costs in comparison with inline regulators. 2. llows to have compact, all-included units. 3. Large orifice provides high flow. 4. Various functions available. 5. Simple, reliable and solid design. PR82 PR63D PR65C HOW TO ORDER TERNL PILOT REGULTORS Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Dual regulator Regulated pressures to ports and * No gauge PR250-DC PR250-D PR250-DD PR250-D PR250-DE Dry Gauge PR250-DCC PR250-DC PR250-DDC PR250-DC PR250-DEE Glycerine Gauge PR250-DC PR250-D PR250-DD PR250-D PR250-DED PR1 EXTERNL PILOT REGULTORS Gauges Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Single pressure Regulator end Same regulated pressure to ports and Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Regulator end Regulated pressure to port * Dual pressure Dual regulator Regulated pressures to ports and * PR2D PR3C No gauge PR250-EC PR250-E PR250-ED PR250-E PR250-EE Dry Gauge PR250-ECC PR250-EC PR250-EDC PR250-EC PR250-EEE Glycerine Gauge PR250-EC PR250-E PR250-ED PR250-E PR250-EED * - To be used with dual pressure valves. Valve code is : MC250-VXX4-PM-XXYZZ (valves must be external pilot models for both single or dual pressure valves) PR125 PR

330 100% 100% WRRNTY 18 OF PRODUCTION TESTED 100% MONTHS Series PR 250 TECHNICL DT Fluid : Pressure range : Regulating range : Lubrication : Filtration : Temperature range : Flow : Compressed air, inert gases 0 to 150 PSI 7 to 120 PSI Not required, if used select a medium aniline point lubricant (between 180 F to 210 F) 40 µ 0 F to 120 F (-18 C to 50 C) (4.7 C v ) Spare parts : Pressure regulator (less sandwich block) : PR250-F0 Gauges : N (0-120 PSI perpendicular) N (0-120 PSI parallel) DIMENSIONS Dimensions shown are metric (mm)

331 Section 7 Intrinsically Safe Valves 337

332 Page Specifications for Intrinsically Safe Valves series series series series series series series series series series series series 350 ISO 1, 2 & MC 125 & MC *Dimensional information (35, 57, & 58 series) 353 *Dimensional information differs from Standard Valve dimensions. 338

333 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s TRSICLLY SFE CIRCUIT In order to use an intrinsically safe valve in a hazardous location, the installation must be in accordance with the following installation diagram : MC Valve pproved for Class I, II, & III Division 1 Group,, C, D, E, F & G Vmax = 30 v Imax = 175 ma Ci = 0 Li = 0 + Red - lack ssociated pparatus FMRC pproved Single or Dual Channel Positive Polarity Intrinsic Safety arriers Control Room Equipment Hazardous Location Non-Hazardous Location Class I, II & III Division 1 Group,, C, D, E, F & G There are 3 basic parts to an intrinsically safe circuit : 1. FIELD DEVICE This is defined as the device that will be used in the hazardous location. In this case, the field device will be the intrinsically safe valve. 2. SSOCITED PPRTUS This will be an energy limiting device also known as a barrier. 3. FIELD WIRG Wiring used to connect the two above devices. When the MC intrinsically safe valves were tested for approval, they were tested and approved for the following atmospheres. Class I, II, III Division 1 Groups ;,, C, D, E, F, G under the following parameters : Vmax : 30 VDC Imax : 175 ma Ci : 0 Li : 0 339

334 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s What this means is that the intrinsically safe valves were tested against each atmosphere with up to 30 VDC and 175 ma of current across the solenoid and found to still be safe. The other two parameters are values to indicate how much energy can be stored or created by the valve : Ci : Internal capacitance of the solenoid. This indicates how much energy the solenoid is capable of storing. Li : Internal inductance of the solenoid. This indicates the solenoid s ability to create or increase energy beyond what is supplied. When applying an intrinsically safe valve in a hazardous location, a proper barrier must first be selected. The barrier selection process must first take into account the parameters the valve was approved for and compared in the following way : Vmax must be greater than or equal to Voc of the barrier. Voc = Voltage open circuit or maximum allowed out of the barrier Imax must be greater than or equal to Isc of the barrier. Isc = Current short circuit or the maximum current allowed out of the barrier Ci plus field wiring must be less than Ca of the barrier. Ca = llowed capacitance Li plus field wiring must be less than La of the barrier. La = llowed inductance When properly combined, the barrier will never allow more energy to the intrinsically safe valve than what it was tested and approved for. The following page can be used as your guide to help ask the right questions when working with an intrinsically safe circuit. lso included is a partial list of intrinsically safe barriers that have been tested with the MC intrinsically safe valves. 340

335 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s pproval : Factory Mutual Research 2X78.X (3610) pproved as intrinsically safe apparatus and associated apparatus for use in Class I, II, III - Division 1, Group :,, C, D, E, F & G. Parameters : Vmax : 30 VDC Imax : 175 ma Ci : 0 Li : 0 Operating voltage greater than 11.5 volts Coil resistance : pproximately 250 ohms Current draw : 50 ma Wattage : 0.6 watts Circuit Check Lists : Is Vmax greater than or equal to Voc? Is Imax greater than or equal to Isc? Is Ci less than Ca? Is Li less than La? Is the barrier capable of handing 50 ma draw? Is the internal resistance of the barrier 250 ohms or less? If all answers to the above questions are yes the barrier may be a good choice in combination with the MC intrinsically safe valve. To calculate voltage across the solenoid, plug values into the following equations : ITOTL = SUPPLY VOLTGE ITOTL = = Plug ITOTL in below Plug ITOTL in below RRIER RESISTNCE Voltage at Solenoid = I TOTL x 250 ohms = volts Voltage Voltage Manufacturer Model # arrier Res. w/o Light w/light Groups Type Turck MK72-S01-EX 11.2 v 10.2 v* -G T.I.. Crouse-Hinds S19140-M v 12.6 v C-G Zener IMO Industries (Gems Sensors) OHMS 12.0 v 11.4 v C-G Zener Pepperl & Fuchs KHZ-922/EX OHMS 11.6 v v -G Zener KHZ-922/EX OHMS 11.6 v v -G Zener KHZ-922/EX OHMS 11.6 v v -G Zener Stahl 9001/ v 12.9 v C-G Zener 9351/ OHMS 13.7 v 13.4 v -G T.I.. Ronan X57-229P 200 OHMS 12.7 v v C-G Zener Measurement Technology MTL728P+ 250 OHMS 11.9 v 11.4 v -G Zener MTL v 14.5 v C-G T.I.. bove data is based on a 24 v DC supply voltage to the input of the barrier. 12 v DC, 243 OHM,.6 watt intrinsically safe solenoid is used. The measurement with light is an LED with a current limiting resistor. Groups indicate what atmosphere the barrier has been approved for. ll MC intrinsically safe valves have been approved for Class I, II and III, Division 1, Groups,, C, D, E, F and G indoor hazardous locations. T.I.. = Transformer Isolated arrier * = Not a recommended combination 341

336 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s Series HOW TO ORDER ODY OPTIONS SOLENOID OPTIONS 35 - X X X - (DXXX - XXX) - FM ODY TYPE PORT SIZE VLVE FUNCTION/MNIFOLD TYPE Inline Individual Inline D Indiv. Inline w/2 Manifold Mount Ports Manifold E Manifold ody (N.C. Only) G Manifold ody w/gage Port (N.C. Only) O D Manifold ody Only #10-32 UNF (Inline Only) M5 (Inline Only) ODY OPTIONS O Manifold ody Only 3 way N.C. Only (Inline) Note : there is no manifold base for the 35 series. The manifold valve can only mount to a circuit bar, see note below SOLENOID OPTIONS 45 - X X X - (DXXX - XXX) - FM ODY TYPE PORT SIZE VLVE FUNCTION/MNIFOLD TYPE Inline 4 Port ody 5 Port ody D 4 Port ody O Ring Mount -ll ottom Ports E 5 Port ody O Ring Mount -3 ottom Ports Inlet and Cylinders F 4 Port ody O Ring Mount-ottom Cylinder Ports Only ase Mount O For ase Only - No Valve L ase Mount ody M ase Mount ody with Gage Port O C D F G H J K Manifold ody Only 1/8" NPT #10-32 UNF 1/8" SPPL M5 (Metric) #10-32 UNF ottom Ports M5 ottom Ports O Ring Mount Ports 1/8" NPT ottom Ports 1/8" SPPL ottom Ports Inline 1 No Flow Controls ases - Regulators O Valve Only - No ase Individual ase C Manifold ase E Manifold w/regulator w/slotted Stem G Manifold w/regulator w/locking Slotted Stem J Manifold w/regulator w/locking Knob MNIFOLD MOUNT CCESSORIES M End Plate Kit Pressure Seal etween Manifold Tie Rod N Isolator Kit - Inlet and Exhaust N Isolator Kit - Inlet only N Isolator Kit - Exhaust only N End Cover Plate - Plain N End Cover Plate w/flow Controls N Flow Control Needle ssembly SOLENOID OPTIONS D - X X X - X X X - FM VOLTGE FR 12VDC (0.6 W) FS 24VDC (0.6 W) LED LENGTH 18" Leads 24" Leads C 36" Leads D 48" Leads E 72" Leads J* 6" Leads *Use J for external plug-in connectors NOTE : For valves mounted to a circuit bar reference MC circuit bar Catalog for ordering info. For the 35 series circuit bar, use MOD FM01 after circuit bar part number. 342 MNUL OPERTOR 0 No operator 1 Non-locking Recessed 2 Locking Recessed 3 Non-locking Extended 4 Locking Extended ELECTRICL CONNECTION Grommet C Conduit 1/2" NPS CM Metal Conduit 1/2" NPS CN Metal Conduit w/grd. 1/2" NPS External Plug-in FM Plug-in (For ECD & ECE ar) J Rectangular Plug-in JM Rectangular Male only K Mini Plug-in KJ Mini Plug-in Male only T Dual Tabs (.110) Plain TJ Dual Tabs (.110) Plain vailable on individual valves and circuit bars.

337 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s Series 100 HOW TO ORDER ODY OPTIONS SERIES 1 X X - (XXYZZ) - FM - SOLENOID OPTIONS REVISION LEVEL SEE ELOW VLVE FUNCTION 6 N.C. only ind. inline 7 N.C. only manifold 8 Stacking body PORT SIZE/ODY STYLE 0 Manifold valve less base 1 1/8" NPTF ind.inline 2 1/8" NPTF manifold 3 1/4" NPTF ind.inline 4 1/8" NPTF stacking, 3-way N.C. only 5 1/4" NPTF stacking, 3-way N.C. only 6 1/8" SPP inline 7 1/4" SPP inline 8 1/8" SPP stacking, 3-way N.C. only 9 1/4" SPP stacking, 3-way N.C. only SOLENOID OPTIONS EXMPLE : XX Y ZZ - FM XX DC VOLTGE Y MNUL OPERTOR ZZ ENCLOSURE 5 12 VDC (0.6 W) 6 24 VDC (0.6 W) 0 No operator 1 Non-locking Recessed (std.) 2 Locking Recessed 3 Non-locking Extended 4 Locking Extended C CC J JM N R M M JIC w/1/2" NPS Conduit Grommet Conduit 1/2" NPS Conduit 1/2" NPT (CS threads) Rectangular Plug-in Rectangular Male only Conduit 1/2" NPS w/ground wire Conduit 3/8" NPS for Manifold models Com. Conduit 1" NPS (Manifold models) Com. Conduit 1" NPS (Stacking models) (M & M common conduit covers require 1#M conduit end plate kit per stack) 100 SERIES-SUPPLEMENTL TECHNICL DT STCKG ODY CCESSORIES : STCKG END PLTE KIT- MOD. NO. DESCRIPTION MODEL VILILITY 0004 ll bottom and side ports Manifold models only 0009 ottom and side cylinder ports with Manifold models only side only inlet and exhaust ports 0210 dditionnal bottom inlet Manifold & stacking models 313P For isolating the common inlet Manifold models only passage between manifold bases 313E For isolating the common exhaust Manifold models only passage between manifold bases TO ORDER dd the appropriate modification number from the table above after the valve number, EXMPLE : FM MOD For each gang one kit is required. TO ORDER- Specify number M (1/4" NPTF) or M P (1/4" SPP). LET ISOLTOR PLTE N EXHUST ISOLTOR PLTE N MNIFOLD CCESSORIES : MNIFOLD END PLTE KIT- For each gang one kit is required. TO ORDER- Specify number (1/4" NPTF) or P (1/4" SPP). 343

338 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s Series HOW TO ORDER VLVE ODY SSEMLY 56 C - X X - (XXYZZ) - FM - SOLENOID OPTIONS SERIES REVISION LEVEL SEE ELOW VLVE FUNCTION 1 Internal pilot N.C. pilot, N.C. main spool 3 External pilot N.C. pilot, N.C. main spool 6 Internal pilot N.C. pilot, N.O. main spool 7 External pilot N.C. pilot, N.O. main spool PORT SIZE/ODY STYLE 2 3/8" NPTF 3 1/2" NPTF 5 3/8" SPP 6 1/2" SPP 7 3/4" NPTF 8 3/4" SPP VLVE ODY SSEMLY D - X X - (XXYZZ) - FM - SOLENOID OPTIONS SERIES SEE ELOW REVISION LEVEL VLVE FUNCTION 1 Internal pilot N.C. pilot, N.C. main spool 3 External pilot N.C. pilot, N.C. main spool 6 Internal pilot N.C. pilot, N.O. main spool 7 External pilot N.C. pilot, N.O. main spool PORT SIZE/ODY STYLE 1 1/2" NPTF (57 Series) 1" NPTF (58 Series) 2 3/4" NPTF (57 Series) 1-1/4" NPTF (58 Series) 3 1" NPTF (57 Series) 1-1/2" NPTF (58 Series) 4 1/2" SPP (57 Series) 1" SPP (58 Series) 5 3/4" SPP (57 Series) 1-1/4" SPP (58 Series) 6 1" SPP (57 Series) 1-1/2" SPP (58 Series) SOLENOID OPTIONS EXMPLE : XX Y ZZ - FM XX DC VOLTGE Y MNUL OPERTOR ZZ ENCLOSURE 5 12 VDC (0.6 W) 6 24 VDC (0.6 W) 0 No operator 1 Non-locking Recessed (std.) 2 Locking Recessed 3 Non-locking Extended 4 Locking Extended C CC J J JJ JM JIC w/1/2" NPS Conduit Grommet Conduit 1/2" NPS Conduit 1/2" NPT (CS threads) Square Plug-in Rectangular Plug-in Square Male only Rectangular Male only 344

339 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s Series 800 HOW TO ORDER ODY OPTIONS SERIES OPERTOR 1 Single Solenoid 2 Double Solenoid 8XXC - (XX-XXYZZ) - XXX SOLENOID PILOT OPTIONS SEE ELOW REVISION LEVEL PILOT IR 1 Internal Pilot-2 Position 2 External Pilot-2 Position 5 Internal Pilot-3 Position 6 External Pilot-3 Position PORT SIZE 2 1/4 NPTF 3 3/8 NPTF* 5 1/4 SPP 6 3/8 SPP* *For stacking valves only. For individual valves see Modification Table. SPOOL CONFIGURTIONS 1 Single Pressure 2 Position 2 Dual Pressure 2 Position* 5 Single Pressure 3 Position Closed Center 6 Single Pressure 3 Position Open Center 7 Dual Pressure 3 Position Pressure Center 8 Single Pressure 3 Position Pressure Center *Not available on models with integral flow controls ODY CONFIGURTIONS 1 Individual ody, External Pilot 2 Stacking ody, 3 Common Ports (Inlet & Exhausts) 3 Stacking ody, 1 Common Port (Inlet) 4 Stacking ody, Common Ports (with Common Electrical Conduit) 5 Individual ody, Internal Pilot 6 Stacking ody, 3 Common Ports (with Common Electrical Conduit and Integral Exhaust Flow Controls) 9 Stacking ody, 3 Common Ports (with Integral Exhaust Flow Controls) SOLENOID PILOT OPTIONS EXMPLE: XX-XX Y ZZ XX PILOT EXHUST FM Muffled Exhaust FP Piped Exhaust XX DC VOLTGE 5 12 VDC (0,6W) 6 24 VDC (0,6W) ISOLTORS- Sections of gang may be isolated permitting different pressures to be fed to either end of the gang. Part # N (inlet), N (exhaust). FLOW CONTROL & MUFFLER- 1/4 unit for installing in individual exhaust ports. Part # DUL LET PRESSURE LOCK- For 3 common ports or 1 common port stacking valves. Provides 2 additional inlet pressure ports to a stack. Part #M For Common Conduit Valves. Part #M Y MNUL OPERTORS No Operator Non-Locking Recessed (Std) Locking Recessed Non-Locking Extended Locking Extended ZZ ENCLOSURE JIC w/1/2 NPS Conduit Grommet C Conduit 1/2 NPS CC Conduit 1/2 NPT (CS Threads) D Com. Conduit Stacking only R Conduit 3/8 NPS (Stacking) J Rectangular Plug-In JM Rectangular Male only CCESSORIES MNIFOLD END PLTE KITS (NPTF)* T. PILOT PRT NO. M M M M EXT. PILOT PRT NO. M M M M MODELS USED WITH 3 com. port or 1 com. port models, stacks of 1 thru 16 valves. Com. conduit models, stacks of 1 thru 16 valves. 3 com. port or 1 com. port models, stacks of 17 or more valves. Com. conduit models, stacks of 17 or more valves. *dd letter P at end of part number for SPP threads; EXMPLE: M P MODIFICTIONS MOD. NO. DESCRIPTION MODEL VILILITY /8 Inlet & Cylinder Ports Individual Valves 345

340 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s Series 900 HOW TO ORDER ODY OPTIONS 9XX - (XX-XXYZZ) - SOLENOID OPTIONS - SEE ELOW SERIES REVISION LEVEL OPERTOR 1 Single Solenoid 2 Double Solenoid ODY STYLE/PORTS 1 Individual Inline 1/8 NPTF 2 Individual Inline 1/4 NPTF 3 Stacking Valve 1/8 NPTF 4 Stacking Valve 1/4 NPTF 5 Individual Inline 1/8 SPP 6 Individual Inline 1/4 SPP 7 Stacking Valve 1/8 SPP 8 Stacking Valve 1/4 SPP 9 Stacking Valve 3/8 NPTF For stacking valve 3/8 SPP ports, use MOD 0005 after complete valve code 919-FM-51 MOD SOLENOID PILOT OPTIONS EXMPLE: XX-XX Y ZZ XX FM FP PILOT EXHUST Muffled Exhaust Piped Exhaust XX DC VOLTGE 5 12 VDC (0,6W) 6 24 VDC (0,6W) Y MNUL OPERTOR No Operator Non-Locking Recessed (Std) Locking Recessed Non-Locking Extended Locking Extended ZZ C CC R M J JM ENCLOSURE JIC w/1/2 NPS Conduit Grommet Conduit 1/2 NPS Conduit 1/2 NPT (CS Threads) Conduit 3/8 NPS (Stacking) Com. Conduit 1 NPS Requires (1) M Conduit End Plate Kit per Stack Rectangular Plug-In Rectangular Male only MODIFICTIONS PRT. NO. M M P N N N DESCRIPTION Manifold End Plate Kit (3/8 NPTF) Manifold End Plate Kit (3/8 SPP) Isolator Plate Kit - Inlet & Exhaust Isolator Plate Kit - Exhaust only Isolator Plate Kit - Inlet only MNIFOLD CCESSORIES: MNIFOLD END PLTE KIT: For each stack one kit is required. ISOLTORS: Sections of a stack may be isolated permitting different pressures to be fed to either end of the stack. TO ORDER: Select the appropriate part number from the adjacent table. 346

341 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s Series 82 HOW TO ORDER ODY OPTIONS SE OPTIONS PILOT VLVE 82 - XX - XXX - (XX - DXXX - XXX) SPOOL TYPE - VLVE FUNCTION 0 Individual base or manifold only Single Operator - single pressure Double operator - sinle pressure C Single operator - dual pressure D Double operator - dual pressure E 3-position closed center F 3-position open center G 3-position single pressure, pressure center H 3-position dual pressure,* pressure center J Single solenoid single pressure solenoid on end K Single solenoid dual pressure solenoid on end L 3-position dual pressure,* open center M 3-position dual pressure,* closed center * Note: For dual pressure w/o regulators consult factory. ODY TYPE Plug-in body Non Plug-in body D. & MNIFOLD SE PORT CONFIG. --Individ ual ase-- 0 Valve only - no base Standard side ports (1/8, 1/4, or 3/8 ) ottom ports only* C Side and bottom ports* D Side inlet, side exhaust, bottom cylinder ports* * ottom ports available in 1/8 & 1/4 only in individual base --Manifold ase-- K Standard ports (1/4 or 3/8 only) L ottom cylinder ports* M ottom inlet port N ottom inlet and cylinder ports* P ottom and end cylinder ports* R ottom cylinder & end cylinder ports w/bottom inlet port* S Selector base - standard side ports * ottom parts available in 1/4 & 3/8 only on manifold. ottom inlet available 1/4 only. For bottom O-ring ports, consult factory. T. OR EXT. PILOT* --Internal Pilot-- 0 Valve only - no base No light in base --External Pilot-- 0 Valve only - no base D No light in base * Use internal for main valve pressures of PSIG. Use external for main valve pressures of 28 Hg vacuum - 25 PSIG PILOT VLVE OPTIONS - (XX - DXXX - XXX) PORT SIZE - THRED TYPE 0 Valve only - no base 1/8 NPTF 1/4 NPTF C 3/8 NPTF D 1/8 SPPL E 1/4 SPPL F 3/8 SPPL PILOT EXHUST F Muffled exhaust VOLTGE FR 12VDC (0,6w) FS 24VDC (0,6w) LED WIRE LENGTH --Plug-in Valve/ase-- P Plug-in 8 - standard Non Plug-in Valve/ase-- 18 E F 96 C 36 J 6 * D 48 * Lead wire length for external plug-in connectors must be J MNUL OPERTOR 0 No manual operator 1 Nonlocking operator 2 Locking operator 3 Nonlocking extended operator 4 Locking extended operator ELECTRICL CONN. --Plug-in Valve/ase-- D Plug-in (standard) --Non Plug-in Valve/ase-- Grommet C Conduit 1/2 NPS CM Metal conduit 1/2 NPS CN Metal conduit w/grd. 1/2 NPS --External Plug-in-- J Rectangular plug-in JM Rectangular male only K Mini plug-in KJ Mini plug-in male only T Dual tabs (.110) w/ receptables TJ Dual tabs (.110) w/o receptables HOW TO ORDER 82 SERIES FLOW CONTROL MODULE* FC 82- FC 82- Plug-in flow control assembly Non plug-in flow control assembly *If flow control module is to be installed between valve and base or valve and manifold at the factory, add -9 after the flow control model number, i.e., FC The flow control model number should follow the valve model number on which it is to be installed. 347 NOTE: Reference regulator ordering section if a sandwich regulator is required. NOTE: If a flow control assembly is used with the dual pressure regulator option, only the flow control on the end is functional. (Controls both cylinder ports.)

342 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s Series 6300 HOW TO ORDER ODY/SE OPTIONS 63 X X D Y Y Y - (XX-XXYZZ) - SOLENOID PILOT OPTIONS SERIES REVISION LEVEL SEE ELOW FUNCTION 1 Single solenoid 2 Double solenoid 3 3 position closed center 4 3 position open center 5 3 position pressure center ODY TYPE 1 Plug-in 2 Non plug-in 4-5 (dual pressure options) PORTG OPTIONS 0 Valve only - no base 1 Side ports 4 ottom ports *7 Side & bottom ports * Manifold bases only PORT SIZE 0 Valve only - no base 1 1/4" base 2 3/8" base 3 1/2" base 5 3/8" manifold 6 1/2" manifold PILOT IR 0 Valve only - no base Solenoid Plug-In NPT 1 Internal pilot 2 External pilot Solenoid Non Plug-In 3 Internal pilot 4 External pilot 5-8 For SPP respectively DUL PRESSURE ODY OPTIONS Dual pressure body option (Plug-in) for use with regulators 63X4D. The fourth digit of the body is 4. Dual pressure body option (Non Plug-in) for use with regulators 63X5D. The fourth digit of the body is 5. PILOT VLVE OPTIONS XX - XXYZZ XX FM FP PILOT EXHUST Muffled exhaust Piped exhaust XX DC VOLTGE 5 12 VDC (0.6 W) 6 24 VDC (0.6 W) MODIFICTIONS MOD 0210 ottom inlet port in addition to side inlet port (manifolds only) TO ORDER: 6311D-511-FM-51D MOD 0210 Manifold ccesories: Inlet Isolators # Exhaust Isolator # Y MNUL OPERTOR 0 No operator 1 Non-locking Recessed (std.) 2 Locking Recessed 3 Non-locking Extended 4 Locking Extended ZZ ELECTRICL CONN. D Plug-in (standard) Non Plug-In Grommet C Conduit 1/2" NPS J Rectangular Plug-in JM Rectangular Male only J Square Plug-in JJ Square Male only NOTE: 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the base or manifold. 2. When ordering an external pilot connection for manifold bases, a common external pilot is standard. One connection only is required for all the valves in the manifold whether single or double solenoid. 348

343 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s Series 6500 HOW TO ORDER ODY/SE OPTIONS 65 X X Y Y Y - (XX-XXYZZ) - SOLENOID PILOT OPTIONS SERIES REVISION LEVEL SEE ELOW FUNCTION 1 Single solenoid 2 Double solenoid 3 3 position closed center 4 3 position open center 5 3 position pressure center ODY TYPE 1 Plug-in 2 Non plug-in PORTG OPTIONS 0 Valve only - no base 1 Single pressure 4 Dual pressure For use with Sandwich Regulators use Single Pressure option PORT SIZE 0 Valve only - no base 1 3/8" base 2 1/2" base 3 3/4" base 4 3/8" manifold 5 1/2" manifold 6 3/4" manifold PILOT IR 0 Valve only - no base Solenoid Plug-In NPT 1 Internal pilot 2 External pilot Solenoid Non Plug-In 3 Internal pilot 4 External pilot 5-8 For SPP respectively PILOT VLVE OPTIONS XX - XXYZZ XX FM FP PILOT EXHUST Muffled exhaust Piped exhaust XX DC VOLTGE 5 12 VDC (0.6 W) 6 24 VDC (0.6 W) Y MNUL OPERTOR 0 No operator 1 Non-locking Recessed (std.) 2 Locking Recessed 3 Non-locking Extended 4 Locking Extended ZZ ELECTRICL CONN. D Plug-in (standard) Non Plug-In Grommet C Conduit 1/2" NPS J Rectangular Plug-in JM Rectangular Male only J Square Plug-in JJ Square Male only NOTE: 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the base or manifold. 2. ottom ports: Refer to modification table below. 3. Manifold ccessories: Inlet Isolator # Exhaust Isolator # MODIFICTIONS MOD. NO. DESCRIPTION MODEL VILILITY 0002 ottom inlet, exhaust, & cylinder ports (no side ports) vailable on individual base 3/8" & 1/2" only 0004 Full side porting and additional bottom inlet, exhausts, and cylinder ports vailable on individual base 3/8" only 0112 Side inlet & exhaust with bottom cylinder ports (no end cylinder ports) vailable on all manifold models 0210 Porting as ordered in model number plus an additional bottom inlet vailable on all manifold models 0364 Single Pressure - Side inlet & exhaust and additional bottom inlet vailable on all manifold models with bottom cylinder ports (no end cylinder ports) Dual Pressure - Same as single pressure except with two bottom inlets 349

344 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s Series 6600 HOW TO ORDER ODY/SE OPTIONS 66 X X Y Y Y - (XX-XXYZZ) - SOLENOID PILOT OPTIONS SERIES REVISION LEVEL SEE ELOW FUNCTION 1 Single solenoid 2 Double solenoid 3 3 position closed center 4 3 position open center 5 3 position pressure center ODY TYPE 1 Plug-in 2 Non plug-in PORTG OPTIONS 0 Valve only - no base 1 Single pressure 4 Dual pressure PORT SIZE 0 Valve only - no base 2 3/4" base 3 1" base 4 3/4" manifold 5 1" manifold 6 1-1/4" manifold PILOT VLVE OPTIONS PILOT IR 0 Valve only - no base Solenoid Plug-In NPT 1 Internal pilot 2 External pilot Solenoid Non Plug-In 3 Internal pilot 4 External pilot 5-8 For SPP respectively XX - XXYZZ XX FM FP NOTE: PILOT EXHUST Muffled exhaust Piped exhaust XX DC VOLTGE 5 12 VDC (0.6 W) 6 24 VDC (0.6 W) Y MNUL OPERTOR 0 No operator 1 Non-locking Recessed (std.) 2 Locking Recessed 3 Non-locking Extended 4 Locking Extended ZZ ELECTRICL CONN. D Plug-in (standard) Non Plug-In Grommet C Conduit 1/2" NPS J Rectangular Plug-in JM Rectangular Male only J Square Plug-in JJ Square Male only 1. The valve less base is always the same for internal or external pilot. These options are effected in the base or manifold. 2. ottom ports: Refer to modification table below. 3. When ordering an external pilot connection for manifold bases, a common external pilot port is standard. One connection only is required for all the valves in the manifold whether single or double solenoid. 4. Manifold ccessories: Inlet & Exhaust Isolator # MODIFICTIONS MOD. NO. DESCRIPTION MODEL VILILITY 0002 ottom inlet, exhaust, & cylinder ports (no side ports) vailable on individual base 3/4" only 0004 Full side porting and additional bottom inlet, exhausts, and cylinder ports vailable on individual base 3/4" only 0112 Side inlet & exhaust with bottom cylinder ports (no end cylinder ports) 3/4 individual base & 3/4 & 1 manifold base /4 bottom inlet Manifold base /4 bottom inlet & 3/4 or 1 bottom cyl. Manifold base TO ORDER dd the appropriate modification number after the valve number, EXMPLE : FM451D MOD

345 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s Series ISO MV-1C ISO 1 MV-2 ISO 2 MV-3 ISO 3 MC ISO valves are built to International Standards Organization (ISO) Std. 5599/1. They are available in 3 sizes; ISO 1, 2 & 3. To select th ISO size required, insert the appropriate ISO number in the 5th position of the model code; EXMPLE MV-1C for ISO 1, MV-2 for ISO 2, or MV-3 for ISO 3. ases and manifolds must be ordered separately from the table below. HOW TO ORDER SOLENOID PILOT OPERTED VLVES LESS SE SGLE PRESSURE VLVES SGL. OPERTOR IR/SPRG RETURN DL. OPERTOR 2-POSITION PILOT SUPPLY DL. OPER. 3-POS. CLOSED CENTER DL. OPER. 3-POS. OPEN CENTER MV-X-111-FM-51J MV-X-121-FM-51J MV-X-151-FM-51J MV-X-211-FM-51J MV-X-221-FM-51J MV-X-251-FM-51J Internal Pilot External Pilot External Pilot for use with Regulator MV-X-312-FM-51J MV-X-322-FM-51J MV-X-352-FM-51J MV-X-311-FM-51J MV-X-321-FM-51J MV-X-351-FM-51J DUL PRESSURE VLVES SGL. OPERTOR IR/SPRG RETURN DL. OPERTOR 2-POSITION PILOT SUPPLY DL. OPER. 3-POS. PRESSURE CENTER MV-X-131-FM-51J MV-X-135-FM-51J MV-X-141-FM-51J MV-X-231-FM-51J MV-X-232-FM-51J MV-X-241-FM-51J Int. Pilot-From Port 3 Int. Pilot-From Port 5 External Pilot MV-X-331-FM-51J MV-X-332-FM-51J MV-X-341-FM-51J SOLENOID PILOT VLVE OPTIONS XX - XXYZZ XX PILOT EXHUST XX DC VOLTGE Y MNUL OPERTOR ZZ EXTERNL PLUG- ZZ ENCLOSURE FM Muffled exhaust FP Piped exhaust 5 12 VDC (0.6 W) 6 24 VDC (0.6 W) 0 No operator 1 Non-locking Recessed (std.) 2 Locking Recessed 3 Non-locking Extended 4 Locking Extended J Square without light (on solenoid) J Rectangular without light (on solenoid) JE Square without light (on body) JF Rectangular without light (on body) JIC w/1/2" NPS Conduit Grommet C Conduit 1/2" NPS CC Conduit 1/2" NPT (CS Threads) SE TLE ISO TYPE PORT SIZE DIVIDUL SE MNIFOLD SE SPP NPTF SPP NPTF ISO 1 1/4" M-1C-121 M-1C-221 MM-1C-121 MM-1C-221 3/8" M-1C-131 M-1C-231 MM-1C-131 MM-1C-231 ISO 2 3/8" M M MM MM /2" M M MM MM ISO 3 1/2" M M MM N/ 3/4" M M MM N/ For manifold bases a common external pilot port is available. One connection only is required for all valves in the manifold whether single or double solenoid. ottom ports are also available; consult factory for ordering information for these options. MNIFOLD FSTENG KIT For each gang, one kit is required. To order specify par number N

346 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s Series HOW TO ORDER VLVE OPTIONS MC125 - VXXX - XX - XXYD - 9 MC250 SERIES REVISION LEVEL SEE ELOW VLVE SSEMLED TO SE FUNCTION 1 Single Operator, 2 Position, Single Pressure 2 Double Operator, 2 Position, Single Pressure 3 Single Operator, 2 Position, Dual Pressure 4 Double Operator, 2 Position, Dual Pressure 5 3 Position, Closed Center 6 3 Position, Open Center 7 3 Position, Dual Pressure, Pressure Center ELECTRICL CONN. TOP PLTE 5 Pin (Ford Wiring) 5 Pin (Chrysler Wiring) G 4 Pin Micro E 3 Pin (Ford Wiring) F 5 Pin Micro (Chrysler Wiring) PILOT 1 Internal Pilot 3 External Pilot SOLENOID PILOT OPTIONS XX - XX - YD XX PILOT EXHUST XX DC VOLTGE Y MNUL OPERTOR FM FP Muffled exhaust Piped exhaust 5 12 VDC (0.6 W) 6 24 VDC (0.6 W) 0 No operator 1 Non-locking Recessed (std.) 2 Locking Recessed 3 Non-locking Extended 4 Locking Extended ORDERG EXMPLE: MC125-V11-FM-51D SE/MNIFOLD TLE TYPE PORT SIZE DIVIDUL SE MNIFOLD SE MNIFOLD SE** (btm. cyl. ports) (side & btm. cyl. ports) MC125 1/4" MC MC125-M21 MC125-M21C 3/8" MC MC125-M31 MC125-M31C MC250 1/2" MC MC250-M21 MC250-M21C 3/4" MC MC250-M31 MC250-M31C 1" MC N/ N/ Individual base available with side ports only. **Requires End Plate Kit M (125 Series), M (250 Series) ases & manifolds coded for internal pilot. For external pilot, last number of code is 2. ORDERG EXMPLE: MC

347 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s 35 Series Inline 51,0 11,90 6,9 11,95 16, ,9 22,65 10,50 21,00 3,30 DI. TYP (2) 9,25 18,5 14,50 29,0 #10-32 OR M5 PORTS 35 Series Manifold 51,0 18,80 22,65 6,25 12,50 3,10 DI. TYP (2) 14,5 9,25 28,5 18,5 353

348 I n t r i n s i c a l l y S a f e V a l v e s 57 & 58 Intrinsically Safe Dimensions shown are metric (mm) 1/8" NPTF EXTERNL PILOT PORT N J EXHUST PORT LET & CYL PORTS LOCK LOCK K DI. 2 MIG HOLES L CYL EXH M E F G D I C H DIMENSIONS C D E F G H I J K L M N 57 Inches Series MM Inches Series MM

349 Section 8 Options 355

350 O p t i o n s O P T I O N S Codification table for voltages / Manual operator / Electrical connection / Wire length VLVE CODE - XX Y ZZ (-VV) OPTIONS VILLE FOR OPTIONS VILLE FOR - valves type 100 Series - pilot valves "CNOMO" - valves type 200 Series - Pilot operated valves with pilots type 100 Series Series : ISO 1 - ISO 2 - ISO 3. - MC MC MC pilot operated valves with pilots type 200 Series Series : Pilot operated valves with pilots "CNOMO" Series : ISO1 - ISO2 - ISO3 357

351 O P T I O N S Used on valve series: 100, 55, 56, 700, 800, 900, 6300, 6500, 6600, 1300, MV1C, MV2, MV3, MC125, MC250, MC XX Y ZZ VOLTGE 1. VOLTGE (100 Serie type coil) /60, 110/ /60, 220/ /60, 100/ /60, 200 / / / /50, 12/ /60, 24/ /60, 32/ /60, 42/50 26* 380/50, 440/50, 440/60, 480/ / /50, 120/ / / / VDC (6 W) VDC (4 W) VDC (4 W) VDC (6 W) VDC (2.5 W) VDC (2.5 W) VDC (8.5 W) VDC (8.5 W) 64 6 VDC (6 W) VDC (7 W) VDC (5.8 W) VDC (7.5 W) VDC (6.4 W) 69* 220 VDC (8.7 W), 250 VDC (11.2 W) VDC (8.8 W) 76* 100 VDC (6.9 W) 84* 125 VDC (10.9 W) 87* 24 VDC (17.1 W) 88* 12 VDC (17.4 W) 89* 36 VDC (18.8 W) VDC (8.2 W) 91* 6 VDC (10.6 W) VDC (6.5 W) 94 3 VDC (7 W) VDC (6.4 W) 1 24 VDC (1 W) 2 12 VDC (1 W) 3 9 VDC (1 W) MOD. DD01 : Protection diode (DC) - MX. 8.5W MOD. MOV1 : Protection varistor (C) - MX. 8.5W * Voltages are CLSF only Used on valve series: 200, 57, 58, VOLTGE (200 Serie type coil) - XX Y ZZ VOLTGE /60, 110/50, 24 VDC (6 W) /60, 220/ /60, 100/ /60, 200/ / / /60, 24/ /60, 32/ /60, 42/ / /60, 440/ / / / / /60, 550/ /60, 110/ / / / VDC (6 W) VDC (4.5 W) VDC (2.5 W) VDC (1.0 W) VDC (6 W) VDC (2.5 W) VDC (2.5 W) VDC (9.5 W) VDC (8.5 W) 64 6 VDC (8.5 W) VDC (10 W) VDC (11.5 W) VDC (10.5 W) VDC (12.3 W) VDC (9.2 W) 71 8 VDC (8.2 W) VDC (12 W) VDC (10 W) VDC (11.3 W) VDC (11.3 W) VDC (9 W) VDC (10 W), 230 VDC (11.6 W) 78* 24 VDC (24 W) VDC (10.6 W) VDC (11.1 W) VDC (8.1 W) VDC (10 W) VDC (11 W) 93* 12 VDC (24 W) 358

352 O p t i o n s O P T I O N S 2. MNUL OPERTOR (Common options for 100 & 200 Series type coils) - XX Y ZZ MNUL OPERTOR 0 No operator 5* No Operator with Light 1 Non-locking recessed 6* Non-Locking Recessed with Light 2 Locking recessed 7* Locking Recessed with Light 3 Non-locking extended 8* Non-Locking Extended with Light 4 Locking extended 9* Locking Extended with Light * Lights used with electrical connection 3. ELECTRICL CONNECTION (100 Serie type coil) - XX Y ZZ ELECTRICL CONNECTION Wiring box with 1/2" NPS conduit Flying leads C 1/2" NPS conduit CC 1/2" NPT conduit F Military type 2 P G Military type 3 P H with ground wire J* Square connector J Rectangular connector JC* Square connector with light JD Rectangular connector with light JE Square connector on top (ISO2, ISO3) JF Rectangular connector on top (ISO1, ISO2, ISO3) JG JE with light JH JF with light JJ Square connector, male only JM Rectangular connector, male only M Electrical common conduit (100 Series-Manifold/900 Series) M Electrical common conduit (100 Series-Stacking/700 Series) N C with ground wire NC CC with ground wire R 3/8" NPS conduit * Not to be used with 100, 800 and 900 Series manifold mounting 3. ELECTRICL CONNECTION (200 Serie type coil) - XX Y ZZ ELECTRICL CONNECTION Wiring box with 1/2" NPS conduit Flying leads C 1/2" NPS conduit CC 1/2" NPT conduit E Explosion proof (200 Series) E Explosion proof (57, 58 & 59 Series) F Military type 2 P G Military type 3 P H with ground wire J* Square connector JC Square connector with light JJ Square connector, male only N C with ground wire NC CC with ground wire 359

353 O P T I O N S 4. COIL WIRE LENGTH (Common options for 100 & 200 Serie type coils) - XX Y ZZ (-VV) WIRE LENGTH D 36 E 48 F 72 G 6 R 12 U Series 6000 : wire length, from the base MOD L MOD L MOD L MOD L MOD L MOD L

354 O p t i o n s O P T I O N S Codification table for voltages / Wire length / Manual operators / Electrical connections VLVE CODE - D XX X - X XX OPTIONS VILLE FOR - Solenoid valves 35, 45 and 82 Series 361

355 O P T I O N S 1. VOLTGE - D XX X - X XX VOLTGE 120/60, 110/50 240/60, 220/50 C 24/60, 24/50 D 24/60 E 200/60 F 240/50 G 100/50, 100/60, 110/60 D 24 VDC (5.4 W) D 12 VDC (5.4 W) DC 12 VDC (7.5 W) DD 24 VDC (7.3 W) DE 12 VDC (12.7 W) - CLSFonly DF 24 VDC (12.7 W) - CLSF only DK 110 VDC (4.7 W) DL 64 VDC (6 W) DM 36 VDC (5.3 W) DN 6 VDC (6 W) DP 48 VDC (5.8 W) DU 24 VDC (6 W) E 12 VDC (6 W) F 12 VDC (1.8 W) F 24 VDC (1.8 W) FE 12 VDC (2.4 W) FF 24 VDC (2.4 W) 2. WIRE LENGTH - D XX X - X XX WIRE LENGTH C 36 D 48 E 72 F 96 J For external plug-in connector ( J, K & T type electrical connection) P For plug-in valves (82 Series only) 362

356 O p t i o n s O P T I O N S 3. MNUL OPERTOR - D XX X - X XX MNUL OPERTOR 0 No operator 1 Non-locking recessed 2 Locking recessed 3 Non-locking extended 4 Locking extended 4. ELECTRICL CONNECTION - D XX X - X XX ELECTRICL CONNECTION K L Flying leads with protection diode with protection varistor (M.O.V.) ** C 1/2" NPS conduit ** CM 1/2" NPS metal conduit ** CN 1/2" NPS metal conduit w/ground ** J Rectangular connector ** JD Rectangular connector with light ** JM Rectangular connector, male only K K KC KD KE KF KG KJ KK KL Square connector Square connector with protection diode Square connector with protection varistor (M.O.V.) Square connector with light Square connector with light and protection diode Square connector with light and protection varistor (M.O.V.) Square connector with LED light & diode Square connector (male only) Square connector with protection diode (male only) Square connector with protection varistor (male only) (M.O.V.) *** M Electrical common conduit T T TD TE TJ TK TM TN D* DK* DL* FM FN FP Dual tabs T with protection diode T with light T with light and protection diode Dual tabs (male only) TJ with protection diode TJ with light TJ with light and protection diode Plug-in connector D with protection diode D with protection varistor (M.O.V.) Plug-in Plug-in with diode Plug-in with M.O.V. * To be used with 82 Series only ** Inline valves only for 35 & 45 series. No restrictions for 82 series. *** Stacking valves only for 35 & 45 series. Conduit end plate kit required, one per stack. 35 series : M series : M

357 364 PRECUTIONS ND WRNGS CONCERNG THE PPLICTION, STLLTION ND SERVICE OF MC VLVES ND OTHER MC VLVES PRODUCTS The warnings and precautions below are important to be read and understood before designing into a system any MC Valves products, and before installing or servicing any MC Valves product. Improper use, installation or servicing of any MC Valves product in some systems could create a hazard to personnel or equipment. No distinction in importance should be made between the terms warnings and precautions. WRNG :. Under no circumstances are MC Valves products to be used in any application or in any manner where failure of the MC Valves product to operate as intended could in any way jeopardize the safety of the operator or any other person or property. Do not operate outside of pressure range listed on a valve label or outside of the designated temperature range. ir supply must be clean and dry. Moisture or contamination can affect proper operation of the valve. efore attempting to repair, adjust or clean a MC Valves product, consult catalog, parts & operation sheet, or factory for proper maintenance procedures, lubrication and cleaning agents. Never attempt to repair or perform other maintenance with air pressure to the valve. If air line lubrication is used do not use any lubrication other than those recommended in the catalog, parts & operation sheet or by the factory. PPLICTION PRECUTIONS :. DUSTRIL USE - MC Valve products are intended for general use in industrial pneumatic and/or vacuum systems. They are general purpose industrial products with literally thousands of different applications in industrial systems. These products are not inherently dangerous, but they are only a component of an overall system. The system in which they are used must provide adequate safeguards to prevent injury or damage in the event failure occurs, whether it be failure of switches, regulators, cylinders, valves or any other component. POWER PRESSES - MC Valve products are not designed nor intended to be used to operate and/or control the operation of clutch and/or brake systems on power presses. There are special products on the market for such use. 2-POSITION VLVES - Some MC valves are 2-position, 4-way valves. When air is supplied to the inlet port(s) of these valves, there will always be a flow path from the inlet to one of the outlets regardless of which of the two positions the valve is situated. Therefore, if pressurized air retained in the system would present a hazard in the application or servicing of the valve or system, a separate method in the system must be provided to remove the trapped air. 3- POSITION VLVES- Some MC valves are 3-position, 4-way valves. These valves are either double solenoid or double remote air operated. If either of the two operators is in control, air supplied to the inlet port(s) will pass through the valve to one of the outlets as on 2-position, 4-way valves. However, if neither operator is in control, the valve moves to a center position. Listed below are the various center position functions :. CLOSED CENTER- With this type valve, when in the center position all ports are blocked (inlets and exhausts) meaning the air at both outlet ports is trapped. If trapping the air in both outlet ports would present a hazard in the application or servicing, a separate method in the system must be provided to remove the trapped air or this type valve should not be used.. OPEN CENTER- With this type valve, when in the center position, the inlet port(s) is blocked and the two outlet ports are open to the exhaust port(s) of the valve. If having no air in either outlet port would present a hazard in the application or servicing, this type valve should not be used. C. PRESSURE CENTER- With this type valve, when in the center position, the inlet port(s) is connected to both outlet ports of the valve. If having pressurized air to either or both outlet ports would present a hazard in the application or servicing of the valve or system, a separate method in the system must be provided to remove the retained air or this type valve should not be used. OPERTG SPECIFICTIONS - MC Valves products are to be installed only on applications that meet all operating specifications described in the MC catalog for the MC Valves product. MNUL OPERTORS- Most MC valves can be ordered with manual operators. Manual operators when depressed, are designed to shift the valve to the same position as would the corresponding solenoid or remote air pilot operator if it were activated. Care must be taken to order a type, if any, that will be safe for the physical location of the manual operator in the system. If intentional or accidental operation of a valve by a manual operator could cause personal injury or property damage, a manual operator should not be used. REMOTE IR OPERTED VLVES Pilot valves supplying signal pressure to remote air operated valves should be 3-way valves with adequate supply and exhaust capacity to provide positive pressurizing and exhausting of the pilot supply line. Pilot lines should be open to exhaust when valves are deenergized. STLLTION PRECUTIONS :.. Do not install any MC Valves product without first turning off air (bleed system completely) and electricity to the machine.. MC Valves products should only be installed by qualified, knowledgeable personnel who understand how the specific valve is to be pneumatically piped and electrically connected (where applicable). Flow paths through the valve are shown in the catalog and on the valve by use of NSI or ISO type standard graphic symbols. Do not install unless these symbols and the valve functions and operations are thoroughly understood. C. If air line lubrication is used do not use any lubrication other than those recommended in the catalog, parts & operation sheet or by the factory. SERVICE PRECUTIONS :. Do not service or remove from service any MC Valves product without first shutting off both the air and electricity to the valve and making certain no pressurized air which could present a hazard is retained in the system.. MC Valves products should only be serviced or removed from service by qualified, knowledgeable personnel who understand how the specific product is used and/or how the specific valve is piped and used and whether there is air retained in the connecting lines to the valve or electric power still connected to the valve. C. efore attempting to repair, adjust or clean a MC Valves product, consult catalog, parts & operation sheet, or factory for proper maintenance procedures, lubrication and cleaning agents. Never attempt to repair or perform other maintenance with air pressure to the valve. D. MC Valves products are never to be stepped on while working on a machine. Damage to a MC valve, or other product or lines to the product (either air or electrical lines) or accidental activation of a manual operator on the valve could result in personal injury or property damage. LIMITTION OF GURNTEE. This Guarantee is limited to the replacement or rebuilding of any valve or other product which should fail to operate properly. Valves or other products, under the MC Guarantee, must be returned (with or without bases) transportation prepaid and received at our factory within the Guarantee period. They will be returned to the customer at the expense of MC Valves, Inc., and will carry the same guarantee as provided under the Flat Rate Rebuild Program. DISCLIMER OF GURNTEE. No claims for labor, material, time, damage, or transportation are allowable nor will any valve or other product be replaced or rebuilt under this guarantee which has been damaged by the purchaser not in the normal course of its use and maintenance during the warranty period. The guarantee does not apply to loss or damage caused by fire, theft, riot, explosion, labor dispute, act of God, or other causes beyond the control of MC Valves,Inc. MC Valves, Inc. shall in no event be liable for remote, special or consequential damages under the MC Guarantee, nor under any implied warranties, including the implied warranty of merchantability. The above Guarantee is our manner of extending the engineering and service resources of the MC Valves, Inc. organization to assure our customer long, and continued satisfaction.

358 MC Valves Product Warranty Information MC VLVES Warranty, Warranty Limitations, Flat Rate Rebuild Program The MC Valves organization has established a reputation over many years for fulfilling the needs and requirements of the users of its products. ll MC Valves are quality products specifically designed and built for long and rugged service. For this reason, MC Valves is able to provide the uyer a limited warranty. WRRNTY: MC Valves, Inc. hereby warrants to uyer that, for a period of 18 months from the original date of shipment of each valve from our factory ( Warranty Period ), such valve will be free from significant defects in material and workmanship and will conform to all specifications agreed to by MC Valves, Inc.. In addition, MC Valves, Inc. warrants that the electrical coils on such valves will be free from significant defects in material and workmanship for their normal useful life. EXCEPT FOR THESE LIMITED WRRNTIES, MC VLVES, C. EXPRESSLY DISCLIMS LL REPRESENTTIONS ND WRRNTIES OF NY KD (WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR RISG Y OPERTION OF LW) WITH RESPECT TO THE VLVES, CLUDG, WITHOUT LIMITTION, NY WRRNTIES OR REPRESENTTIONS S TO MERCHNTILITY, FITNESS FOR PRTICULR PURPOSE OR NY OTHER MTTER. THIS SECTION SURVIVES THE EXPIRTION, TERMTION OR CNCELLTION OF NY GREEMENTS ETWEEN THE PRTIES RELTG TO THE PURCHSE OF THE VLVES. WRRNTY LIMITTIONS: This Warranty does not apply where the valves have been (i) subjected to abuse, misuse, damage, neglect, negligence, accident, improper testing, improper installation, improper storage, improper handling, abnormal physical stress, abnormal environmental condition, or use contrary to any instructions issued by MC Valves, Inc.; (ii) modified, reconstructed, repaired, or altered by persons other than MC Valves, Inc. or its authorized representative; or (iii) used with any third-party product, hardware, software or other product that has not been previously approved in writing by MC Valves, Inc. dditionally, this Warranty does not cover claims for labor, material, time or transportation, and does not apply to loss or damage caused by fire, theft, riot, explosion, labor dispute, act of God, or other causes beyond the control of MC Valves, Inc. EXCLUSIVE REMEDY: The uyer s sole remedy under this Warranty is limited to the replacement or rebuilding of any valve which does not conform to the warranties provided herein or, in MC Valves, Inc. s sole discretion, refund of the purchase price for the non-conforming valve. uyer s remedy is conditioned on uyer s compliance with its obligations under this Warranty. Valves that uyer believes do not conform to this Warranty must be returned (with or without bases) transportation prepaid and received at our factory within the Warranty Period. If MC Valves, Inc. determines that the valve is non-conforming and is otherwise covered by this Warranty, the rebuilt or replaced valve will be returned to the customer at the expense of MC Valves, Inc., and will carry the same warranties as provided under the Flat Rate Rebuild Program described below. MC VLVES, C. WILL NOT E RESPONSILE FOR NY CIDENTL, SPECIL, EXEMPLRY OR CONSEQUENTIL DMGES, CLUDG WITHOUT LIMITTION DIRECT ND DIRECT LOST PROFITS, REGRDLESS OF WHETHER THOSE DMGES WERE FORESEELE. THE FLT REUILD PROGRM: Valves no longer covered by the MC Warranty may be eligible for a one-time rebuild under the MC Valves, Inc. Flat Rate Rebuild Program. Our constant research and testing program is dedicated to extending the life of our valves and maximizing their reliability under the most adverse conditions. Valves returned under this limited program are completely disassembled, inspected, rebuilt to current operating standards whenever possible, tested and returned within a few weeks for a nominal flat rate charge. ll rebuilt valves carry the same warranty described (in our MC Warranty) for new valves for a warranty period of 90 days from the date of shipment from our factory. Valves that have gone through the one-time rebuild will have been marked with a letter R as part of the date stamp (This is an example of a rebuild date stamp from this month E(May)17(Year)Tester Symbol R(Indicates Rebuild). Please note that any valves sent back for subsequent rebuild that have already been through the program previously (indicated by the R ) will not be eligible for additional rebuild.

359 MC VLVES, C. P.O. OX ECK ROD WIXOM, MI TEL: MC VLVS TEL: 1 (248) FX: 1 (248) Mac@macvalves.com Web Site: MC VLVES EUROPE, C. RUE MRIE CURIE, NS (LIEGE) ELGIUM TEL: 32 (4) FX: 32 (4) Info@macvalves.be MC VLVES PCIFIC, C. P.O. OX PENROSE, UCKLND NEW ZELND TEL: 64 (9) FX: 64 (9) Macvalves@xtra.co.nz MC VLVES, C NN ROR ROD DUNDEE, MICHIGN (MI) U.S.. 999CTCC - 01/2007 TEL: 1 (734) FX: 1 (248) MC VLVES SI, C., TIWN RNCH NO. 45 DONGYUN ROD JHONGLI CITY, TOYUN COUNTY , TIWN TEL: FX: mva@macasia.com.tw